Apostila Inglês EEAR

Prévia do material em texto

Capítulo 1
Indefinite Articles ............................................................................................................................3
Exercícios ............................................................................................................................................3
Capítulo 2
Pronouns ............................................................................................................................................6
Exercícios ............................................................................................................................................8
Capítulo 3
The Imperative Mood ..................................................................................................................13
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................13
Capítulo 4
Verb To Be ........................................................................................................................................16
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................16
Capítulo 5
Gerund / Present Participle ....................................................................................................... 20
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................21
Capítulo 6
Simple Present / Present Simple ..............................................................................................24
Exercícios ......................................................................................................................................... 25
Capítulo 7
Types Of Question ........................................................................................................................ 29
Exercícios ......................................................................................................................................... 29
Capítulo 8
Past Tense ........................................................................................................................................ 34
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................37
Capítulo 9
Perfect Tenses - Present Perfect ...............................................................................................45
Exercícios ......................................................................................................................................... 46
Capítulo 10
Modal Verbs .....................................................................................................................................51
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................52
Capítulo 11
Future In English ........................................................................................................................... 58
Exercícios ......................................................................................................................................... 58
SUMÁRIO
Inglês
Capítulo 12
Passive Voice ...................................................................................................................................62
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................62
Capítulo 13
Discurso ............................................................................................................................................63
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................70
Capítulo 14
Adjectives .........................................................................................................................................75
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................75
Capítulo 15
If Clauses ...........................................................................................................................................79
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................79
Capítulo 16
Prepositions .................................................................................................................................... 85
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................87
Capítulo 17
The Definite Article: The .........................................................................................................92
Exercícios ..........................................................................................................................................93
Capítulo 18
Phrasal Verbs ................................................................................................................................ 96 
Exercícios ....................................................................................................................................... 103
Capítulo 19
Reported Speech ..................................................................................................................... 107
Exercícios ....................................................................................................................................... 107
Capítulo 20
False Friemds / False Cognates .........................................................................................111
Exercícios ........................................................................................................................................114
Capítulo 21
Uncountable Nouns X Countable Nouns ....................................................................116
Exercícios ........................................................................................................................................121
Capítulo 22
Numbers ........................................................................................................................................ 125
Exercícios ....................................................................................................................................... 126
SUMÁRIO
Inglês
CAPÍTULO 1 – INDEFINITE ARTICLESINGLÊS
3
CAPÍTULO 01
Indefi nite Articles
 A/AN
→ Só são usados antes de substantivos contáveis e no singular.
→ Equivalem a “um” ou “uma”
USAGES:
1. Indeterminar o substantivo
I have to buy a car.
2.Antes de Profi ssões
He’s a soldier
She’s an aviator
3. One
I have a brother
4. Em frases exclamativas com “What”
What a hot day!
What an excellent idea!
5. Frequência
Once A Day
Twice A Week
Three Times A Fortnight
Four Times A Month
Five Times A Year
Six Times A Decade
Etc.
Ex.: They go to the beach once a year.
Incontáveis: são aqueles em que usamos os sistemas de me-
didas.
A: É usado antes do SOM de consoantes.
a house a watch a year
a ewe; a European country; a University; a unit; a uniform;
a unique situation; a unicorn; a UFO; a unycicle.
Antes de expressões com “one”
a one-eyed monster 
a one-week vacation
AN: É usado antes do SOM de vogais.
An angel 
An umbrella
an heir; an honor; an hour; an honest person;
Antes do som isolado das letras “F”, “H”, “L”, “M”, “N”, “R”, “S” and 
“X”.
an x-ray an MTV show 
an HBO movie
P.S.: A palavra “herb” possui duas pronúncias, por isso, é possí-
vel usar os dois artigos com ela.
A herb
An herb
EXERCÍCIOS
01.Complete the gaps using A or An:
a)_______ egg
b)_______ one-door car
c)_______ X-ray
d)_______ UFO
e)_______ Unidentifi ed Flying Object
02. Indique a alternativa em que a tradução de “a” ou “an” di-
fere do seu signifi cado habitual de artigo indefi nido (um, 
uma) em língua portuguesa:
a) However, the abduction of Gutiérrez would be a new twist.
b) After his family paid an undisclosed ransom.
c) An American businessman help for eight days was released 
just last week.
d) Kidnapping has become rampant in Mexico with hundreds 
of cases a year.
e) Editorials are already referring to him as a “political kidnapee”.
03. I want _____ can of _____ peaches, _____ sugar, and 
_____ pound of _____ raspberry jam.
a) the / the / a / the / *
b) a / * / * / a / *
c) the / * / a / * / *
d) a / the / the / * / the
e) a / the / a / the / a
04. _____ milk and _____ meat are good for _____ our heal-
th.
a) * / * / *
b) * / the / *
c) The / the / *
d) The / the / the
05. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à sequência na 
qual se inclui um uso inadequado do artigo em inglês:
a) a watch; a pity; an orange.
b) an umbrella; a real eff ort; a year.
c) a small plane; an idea; a whale.
d) a one-man show; an university; a private investigator.
e) an egg; an uncle; a book.
CAPÍTULO 1 – INDEFINITE ARTICLES INGLÊS
4
06. In the expression such a reaction, the word such is 
followed by the indefi nite article a. Mark the sentence in 
which the indefi nite article must also be used after such.
a) Germans will not listen to such __________ businessmen.
b) A British businessman would not believe such __________ 
nonsense.
c) A French counselour would not give him such __________ 
silly advice.
d) An American would not sign such __________ contract.
e) Those students have never heard such __________ beau-
tiful music.
07. I was watching __________ MTV show last night. What 
__________ wonderful clips they exhibited!
a) the – a
b) a – a
c) an – a
d) an – *
e) the – *
08. The indefi nite article can be appropriately used in:
a) __________ information
b) __________ wool
c) __________ furniture
d) __________ eggs
e) __________ hypothesis
09. Read this sentence: __________ good idea is __________ 
good idea, whether it’s done in __________ one, 
__________ three or 33 countries. – It is completed by 
the following sequence:
a) A / no article / the / the
b) no article / no article / a / a
c) The / the / no article / no article
d) A / a / no article / no article
e) The / no article / a / no article
10. Mark the correct option: __________ Mr. Smith called 
you when you were out.
a) A
b) An
c) The
d)No
11. (EEAR) Select the alternative that best completes the dia-
logue. 
Mr. O’Brian: Hi, I’m Paul O’Brian. I’m from ____ insurance 
company. Do you have ____ middle name?
Mr. Calas: Yes, my full name is Antonio Carrera Calas.
Mr. O’Brian: Right. Where do you live, Mr. Calas?
Mr. Calas: I live in ____ apartment in San Colorado.
Mr. O’Brian: San Colorado, I see. And what do you do for a 
living?
Mr. Calas: I’m ___ real estate agent.
a) an – a – an – a
b) a – an – an – a
c) an – an – a – a
d) an – an – an – a
Read the text and answer question 12: 
 New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, Rhode Island and 
Massachusetts have declared states of emergency and 50 mil-
lion people are expected to wake up to ___ foot of snow on 
Tuesday, January 27, 2015.
In other development:
- 6,500 fl ights in and out of airports along the East Coast can-
celled;
- schools and businesses stopped early on Monday;
- New York’s subway and bus services stop at 23:00 local time;
- wind gusts of 75 mph or more are forecast for coastal areas of 
Massachusetts; and
- Boston’s Logan Airport said there would be no fl ights after 
19:00 local time.
Adapted from http://www.bbc.com/news/world-us-canada-30978320
12. (EEAR -Questão adaptada) Fill in the blank with the right 
word:
a) a
b) a / an
c) an
d) the
13. Complete as frases com A ou AN:
 
a) I’ve been waiting for half ____ hour. What ____ nuisance.
b) It’s ____ pleasure and ____ honor to have you among my 
friends.
c) Now we’re living in ____ one-way street.
d) In English, Singapore begins with ____ S, not with ____ C.
e) Is your husband ____ Iraqi or ____ Iranian?
f) Give me ____ name beginning with ____ L and another 
ending with ____ R.
g) ____ eucalyptus tree is tall and it has ____ unique smell.
h)  Mrs. Thompson is ____ doctor. She prescribed me ____ 
expensive medicine that I have to take four times ____ day 
for ____ week.
i) She bought ____ used car from ____ old man. But he seemed 
____ honest man.
j) I will send ____ SOS call.
 
CAPÍTULO 1 – INDEFINITE ARTICLESINGLÊS
5
14. Which of following items go with WHAT and which go 
with WHAT A (AN):
a) ___ mess!                        b) ___ horrible sight!
c) ___ wonderful news!      d) ___ heavy luggage!
e) ___ stupid question!        f)  ___ ugly dress!
g) ___ elegant suit!              h) ___ good idea!
 
15. The old statue was ____ important monument that we 
wanted to preserve.
a) a
b) an
c) X
d) any
 
16. It’s ____ honor for us to welcome ____ European scientist 
like Dr. Lewis.
a) a / a
b) an / an
c) an / a
d) a / an
 
17. My grandfather used to say that ____ house is not ____ 
home.
a) an / a
b) a / a
c) an / an
d) a / an
 
18. On our way back home we bought ____ eggs and ____ 
ham.
a) a / a
b) an / an
c) X / a
d) X / X
 
19. We spent ____ thousand dollars on ____ single weekend.
a) X / a
b) X / X
c) a / a
d) a / an
 
20.____ long time ago I had ____ few friends in México.
a) A / a
b) X / X
c) X / a
d) An / an
 
21. ____ atlas is ____ useful tool for everybody.
a) A / an
b) X / a
c) X / X
d) An / a
 
22. He goes there …
a) once a year
b) once the year
c) once an year
ANSWER-KEY:
01) an / a / an / a / an
02)d
03)b
04)a
05)d
06)d
07)d
08)e
09)d
10)a
11)a
12)a
13) a) AN / A  b)A / AN  c) A  d) AN / A  e) AN / AN
f) A /AN / AN  g) A / A  h) A / AN / A / A
i) A / AN / AN   j) AN
14) a) A  b) A  c) Ø  d) Ø e) A  f )  AN  g) AN  h) A 
15) B  16. C  17. B  18. D  19. C  20. A  21. D   22. A 
NOTES:
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS
6
CAPÍTULO 2
PRONOUNS
P������� P������� P��������� A��������� ��� P������� R�������� 
P�������������� 
���� ������ ����
���������� 
���������
���������� 
�������
I me my mine myself
you you your yours yourself
he him his his himself
she her her hers herself
it it its its itself
we us our ours ourselves
you you your yours yourselves
they them their theirs themselves
SUBJECT PRONOUNS:
I – 1ª pessoa do singular: Eu. De acordo com a norma culta, 
sempre deve ser escrito em letra maiúscula.
You – 2ª pessoa do singular: Tu ou Você
He – 3ª pessoa do singular: Ele – só pode ser usado para quan-
do for possível determinar o sexo masculino.
She – 3ª pessoa do singular: Ela – só pode ser usado para 
quando for possível determinar o sexo feminino.
It – 3ª pessoa do singular: É usado para quando não podemos 
determinar o sexo do elemento ao qual nos referimos.
We – 1ª pessoa do plural: Nós
You – 2ª pessoa do plural: Vós ou Vocês
They – 3ª pessoa do pluar: Eles ou Elas – Equivale ao plural de 
“He”, “She” ou “It”.
Some Examples:
He is a teacher and so am I.
John, are you listening to me? (You = singular)
Are you guys paying attention? (You = plural)
"We are the champions..."
They are friends!
She’s carrying a baby. It’s three months old.
Somebody knocks on the door. You ask: “Who is it?”
I’ve got a dog. He’s six years old.
Sujeito Impessoal:
Em inglês, NÃO HÁ oração sem sujeito. O sujeito, portanto, é 
obrigatório.
Veja:
Em português, dizemos: “Está chovendo!” Como bem o sabe-
mos, todo fenômeno da natureza constitui uma oração sem 
sujeito em nosso idioma. Contudo tal situação não é possível 
em inglês. Em inglês dizemos:
It is raining!
Vejam o “It” é, pois, o sujeito da oração. Ele não terá tradução 
para o português!
OBJECT PRONOUNS:
ME
YOU
HIM
HER
IT
US
YOU
THEM
Os “Object Pronouns” equivalem aos nossos pronomes pes-
soais do caso oblíquo.Eles, geralmente, aparecem após os ver-
bos e após as preposições.
Take a look!
Are you talking to ME? (to = preposition)
Do you love HER? (love = verb)
P.S.: É importante observar que alguns pronomes têm a mes-
ma grafi a para o sujeito e o objeto. São eles:
YOU YOU
IT IT
YOU YOU
Para sabermos sua morfologia, devemos atentar à posição. 
Observe:
I love you. (O sujeito é “I”; logo “you” é o objeto)
Do you love me? (“You”, agora, está mandando no verbo é, 
portanto, sujeito)
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNSINGLÊS
7
P.p.s.: A língua inglesa costuma apresentar a seguinte estru-
tura:
SVO ( Sujeito + Verbo + Objeto).
Diante disso, a contrário do português, não é costume termi-
nar a frase só com o verbo. O objeto se faz necessário. Compa-
re os dois idiomas:
A: Você gosta de chocolate?
B: Sim, eu gosto.
Se fi zéssemos algo parecido em inglês, os falantes estranha-
riam. Observe a estrutura do inglês.
A: Do you like chocolate?
B: Yes, I like chocolate. / Yes, I like it.
NÃO SE ESQUEÇA DE USAR O OBJETO APÓS O VERBO!!!
POSSESSIVE ADJECTIVES
Posição: sempre antecedem um substantivo. Logo, o Bizu será:
POSSE + SUBSTANTIVO.
Bizu: Os “Possessive Adjective” SEMPRE virão acompanhados 
de um substantivo, pois, equivalem aos nossos “Pronomes Ad-
jetivos”.
Ex: I have a dog. My dog is beautiful and big.
Bizu 2: “Your” refere-se à pessoa com quem se fala.
Bizu 3: “His”, “Her” ou “Its” referem-se à pessoa de quem se fala.
Ex:
• Have you brought your racket, Monica?
• Monica and her brother have been here for fi fteen 
minutes.
IDIOMS:
ON + Possessive Adjective + OWN = ALONE
I live on my own. = I live alone.
She studies on her own. = She studies alone.
ATTENTION!!
a) se o possuidor for INDEFINIDO, o seu respectivo possessivo 
será “his or her” ou “their”.
Example:
Everybody
Someone
Nobody wants his or her own happiness.
(etc)
a) se o possuidor for o pronome “ONE”, o correspondente será 
“ONE’S”.
Example:
One must respect one’s own religion.
(possuidor)
“Cada um deve respeitar SUA própria religião”
POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS: SUBSTITUEM um substantivo já 
citado.
Exemplo:
His family is poor but hers is rich.
 (a dela)
“a dela” o quê ??!! família. A palavra já foi citada antes. SEMPRE 
VAI SER ASSIM. SEMPRE haverá uma palavra que já foi repetida 
antes e o pronome fará a vez dessa palavra para evitar o pleo-
nasmo.
O Bizu sempre será:
POSSE + SUBSTANTIVO ,
Exemplo:
Helen went to her house and I went to mine. (my house)
Observar no exemplo acima que, depois do “mine”, não vem 
substantivo. Logo, não pode ser MY, tem que ser MINE. Ou seja, 
não pode ser um adjetivo possessivo, tem que ser um PRO-
NOME POSSESSIVO.
REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS:
Usages:
01 – Sujeito sofre e pratica a ação (equivale à voz refl exiva 
do português):
She cut herself yesterday.
I’m dancing with myself.
02 – Pronome enfático:
I made the pie myself.
The Mayor himself talked to the students.
03 – IDIOM:
BY + REFLEXIVE PRONOUN = ALONE
All by myself = All on my own = All alone.
I live by myself. = I live on my own. = I live alone.
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS
8
RECIPROCAL PRONOUNS:
Os pronomes refl exivos, como vimos, são usados quando o 
sujeito sofre e pratica a ação ao mesmo tempo. Veja, então, a 
frase abaixo:
They love themselves. Ao pé da letra, poderíamos traduzir como 
“Eles se amam”. No entanto, a ideia que se passa é a seguinte:
Imaginemos que esse “They” equivalha a “John” e “Mary”, por-
tanto, a ideia é a seguinte:
John loves himself e Mary loves herself.
Para darmos, pois, a ideia de que há uma recíproca entre eles 
como faríamos? É simples! Veja abaixo:
They love each other. (John loves Mary and Mary loves John).
Caso tivéssemos a partir de três pessoas, trocaríamos o each 
other por one another. Contextualizando: Em uma família de 
quatro pessoas, por exemplo, na qual todos se amem, pode-
ríamos dizer o seguinte:
They love one another.
EXERCISES:
1. Complete the sentences using I, me, You, you, He, him, 
She, her, It, it, We, us, You, you, They or them.
a) I love you. Do you love ________ ?
b) She wants to see him, but ___ doesn’t want to see ____.
c) He wants to see us, but ____ don’t want to see _________.
d) I want to see her, but ____ doesn’t want to see ________.
e)She wants to see them, but ____ don’t want to see 
_________.
2. Complete the sentences using me, you, him, her, it, us, 
you or them:
a) Who is that woman? Why are you looking at _______?
b) ‘Do you know that man?’ ‘Yes, I work with _______.’
c) I don’t like dogs. Actually, I’m afraid of _______.
d) I’m talking to you. Please, listen to _____.
e) I have a new job but I don’t like ______.
3. Complete the sentences using my, your, his, her, its, our, 
your, their. Follow the model:
Model: I’m going to wash my hands.
a) She is going to ___________________.
b) We are going to___________________.
c) He is going to _____________________.
d) They’re going to __________________.
e) You’re going to ___________________.
4. Write my, your, his, her, its, our, your or their:
a) Do you like __________ job?
b) I know Mr. Watson but I don’t know ______ wife.
c) Alice and Tom live in London. _____ son lives in Toronto.
d) We’re going to have a party. We are going to invite all 
_______ friends.
e) Anna is going out with ________ friends.
f) Do you think most people are happy in ________ jobs?
g) This is quite a beautiful tree. _____ leaves are a beautiful 
colour.
h) I’m going to wash ______ hair before going out.
5. Complete the sentences with mine, yours, his, hers, its, 
ours, yours or theirs.
a) It’s your money. It’s ________________.
b) It’s my bag. It’s ___________.
c) It’s our car. It’s ____________.
d) They’re her shoes. They’re _______.
e) It’s their house. It’s ___________.
f) They’re your books. They’re _______.
g) They’re my glasses. They’re ________.
h) It’s his coat. It’s _____________.
i) It’s its house. It’s ________________.
6. Decide whether you have to use the refl exive pronoun, 
the reciprocal pronoun (each other) or nothing.
1. John hurt __________________ when climbing the tree.
2. Peter and Sue helped _____________________ with the 
homework.
3. I feel _______________________ much better today.
4. Did she make _____________________________ a cup 
of tea?
5. The wild monkey looked at _______________ in the mirror.
6. Brigit and Billy smiled at 
______________________________.
7. We’re meeting ________________________________ 
at the station.
8. During the meeting, Jane and Mary were talking to 
______________________.
9. I don’t remember _________________ where we spent 
our holiday last year.
10. We need to concentrate 
______________________________.
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNSINGLÊS
9
QUESTÕES DE PROVAS:
Read the text and answer questions 01 and 02
A celebrity crusade
 The actress Kim Basinger has launched a crusade to 
help American’s circus animals.
 She complains that they are often badly treated and 
poorly looked after. “These animals are kept in horrifi c condi-
tions. They’re dragged around cities suff ering in the name of 
entertainment.” Basinger was mobilised into action following 
a circus tragedy in Albuquerque. An African elephant named 
Heather was found dead inside a steamy, poorly ventilated 
trailer. She belonged to the King World Circus. As a conse-
quence, two circus handlers were charged with cruelty to ani-
mals and the travelling circus was forced to hand over its two 
surviving elephants to a local zoo park.
(Taken from Speak Up #131)
 GLOSSARY
Dragged around – arrastados.
1. In “…its two surviving elephants…”, the underlined word 
expresses the idea of possession related to.
a) circus
b) handlers.
c) zoo park.
d) elephants.
2. The personal pronoun “She”, underlined twice in the text, 
refers respectively to:
a) a handler / Heather
b) Heather / an actress
c) a celebrity / an actress
d) Kim Basinger / Heather.
Read the text and answer question 03.
 Dear Maggie, 
 My son just announced that he is going awayto 
school. Bobby is a good student, and I am very proud of him.
Any college would be lucky to have him!
 My only concern it that he’s never lived away from 
home before. Will he be able to take care of _____?
 What if there’s an emergency?
 Give me some advice so that I can relax!
 Doubtful Dad
3. Choose the right alternative to have the blank fi lled in 
the letter:
a) itself
b) herself
c) himself
d) yourself
Read the text and answer question 04
 In China the government rigidly enforces a draconian 
formula: one couple, one child. After the birth of an imperfect 
baby – be it clubfooted, mentally handicapped or a girl in-
stead of the longed-for healthy male heir – some Chinese fami-
lies have chosen to forsake the infant in order to try again. De-
clared stillborn as a legal ruse, many of these unwanted infants 
are then left in alleyways, railroad stations and bus terminals. 
If found alive, they become wards of the country’s state-run 
orphanages. A Hong Kong source estimates that one million 
babies are abandoned each year. 
(Taken from Coleção Objetivo – Livro 35)
GLOSSARY
Draconian – muito severa e cruel
Clubfooted – pé torto
Stillborn – feto expulso morto do útero materno
Legal ruse – artifício jurídico
Wards – sob tutela; guarda.
4. “it”, in bold type in the text, refers to
a)the baby
b)the child
c)the couple
d)the formula.
Read the extract and answer question 05.
 
 Every week, millions of dollars are spent, and won, on 
the lottery tickets. The jackpot in many can be as much as 100 
million, and winners suddenly fi nd _____________ with more 
money than ever before.
(Active-Skills for Reading)
5. Fill in the blank, in the extract, with the appropriate refl e-
xive pronoun:
a) themselves
b) ourselves
c) yourself
d) himself
Read the text and answer questions 06.
A trip to Los Angeles
 James Hall has a new job with Lemon Computers 
is Philadelphia. He’s 22 and just out of college. As part of his 
training, he has to spend six weeks at company headquarters 
near Los Angeles. It’s his fi rst business trip, and he’s packing 
his suitcase. He lives with his parents, and his mother is help-
ing him.
(New American Streamline)
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS
10
6. “his”, in bold type, in the text is a(n):
a) demonstrative adjective.
b) possessive adjective.
c) subject pronoun.
d) object pronoun.
Read the text and answer question 07.
 Today, parents are increasingly worried about the 
safety of their children, and because of this, they are not let-
ting their children out to play. As a result, children are no lon-
ger playing outside but shutting ___________ away in their 
rooms and losing ________ in individualistic activities such as 
television viewing and computer games.
(Adapted from Inglês Doorway)
GLOSSARY:
Increasingly – cada vez mais
To shut away – confi ner, prender
7. The correct refl exive pronouns to fi ll in the blanks are, res-
pectively:
a) itself / itself
b) himself / himself
c) ourselves / ourselves
d) themselves / themselves
Read the proverb and answer questions 08.
 “When we have love in __ heart, we can see beauty in 
everything.”
8. Fill in the blank with the correct pronoun:
a) our
b) ours
c) their
d) theirs
Read the text and answer questions 09 and 10.
 I am an American man living in France, but I spend 
a lot of time in the USA visiting family and friends. These are 
the questions Americans ask me most often: “Are the French 
rude? Is it true that they hate Americans?” The answer is a sim-
ple ‘No’. In my opinion, the French are among the __________ 
and __________ people in Europe. Maybe it’s because I speak 
French with a funny American accent and they see that I have 
made the eff ort to learn the language. When people ask me if I 
prefer living in France or the USA, I simply tell the truth. I don’t 
prefer. I consider myself very lucky to be able to experience 
both cultures. I really love the diff erences.
 (Adapted from www.about.com)
9. “They”, underlined in the text, (line 8), refers to:
a) Americans.
b) funny accents.
c) French people.
d) language learners.
10. The correct plural form of “I consider myself” is:
a) You consider yourself.
b) We consider ourselves.
c) You consider yourselves.
d) They consider themselves.
11. Choose the best alternative to answer the question be-
low.
Whose homework is that?
a) It’s hers.
b) They’re mine.
c) It’s over there.
d) They’re diffi cult.
12. Choose the best alternative to answer the question be-
low.
What do you do?
a) We are pilots.
b) I’m fi ne, thanks.
c) I live in New York.
d) We are 20 years old.
Read the extract and answer questions 13 and 14.
“Miss Emlyn read us some of it. I asked Mummy to read some 
more. I liked it. It has a wonderful sound. A brave new world. 
There isn’t anything really like that, is there?”
“You don’t believe in it?”
“Do you?”
“There is always a brave new world”, said Poirot, “but only, you 
know, for very special people. The lucky ones. The ones who 
carry the making of that world within ________.”
(Adapted from Agatha Christie, Hallowe’en Party)
13. Fill in the blank, in the text, with the appropriate refl exi-
ve pronoun.
a) yourselves
b) yourself
c) ourselves
d) themselves
 
14. According to Poirot
a) a brave new world is a public concept.
b) brave new worlds exist without everyone.
c) a brave new world exists only for lucky people.
d) It is extremely easy to carry a world within oneself.
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNSINGLÊS
11
Read the text and answer questions 15 and 16. 
 The fl ight
 Flight 9525, an Airbus A320, took off at 10:01 a.m. on 
March 24 from Barcelona, bound for Dusseldorf. The plane had 
144 passengers and six crew members on board.
 According to French aviation accident investiga-
tors, the plane began descending from its cruising altitude of 
38,000 feet at 10:31 a.m. It lost contact with French radar at an 
altitude of 6,175 feet at 10:40 a.m., the investigators said.
 Transponder data shows that the autopilot was re-
programmed by someone inside the cockpit to change the 
plane’s altitude from 38,000 feet to 100 feet, according to 
Flightradar24, a website that tracks aviation data.
 The aircraft crashed in a remote area near Digneles-
Bains in the Alpes de Haute-Provence region.
Adapted from http://edition.cnn.com
15. (EEAR) Cockpit, underlined in the text, means the
a) kitchen on a plane.
b) back part of a plane.
c) area in a plane where the pilot sits.
d) part of a plane where goods are stored.
 
16. (EEAR) The pronoun “It”, underlined in the text, refers to
a) accident.
b) altitude.
c) plane.
d) feet.
Read the extract and answer question 17.
Every week, millions of dollars are spent, and won, on the lot-
tery tickets. The jackpot in many can be as much as 100 million, 
and winners suddenly fi nd _____________ with more money 
than ever before.
(Active-Skills for Reading)
17. Fill in the blank, in the extract, with the appropriate re-
fl exive pronoun:
a.themselves
b.ourselves
c.yourself
d.himself
SUGESTÕES DE TRADUÇÃO:
On My Own – Whitney Houston
I’m wiser now
I’m not the foolish girl, you used to know so long ago
I’m stronger now
I’ve learned from my mistakes which way to go
And I should know
I put myself aside to do it your way
But now I need to do it all alone
And I am not afraid to try it on my own
I don’t care if I’m right or wrong
I’ll live my life the way I feel
No matter what, I’ll keep it real you know
Time for me to do it on my own
Yeah, yeah, mmm, yeah, yeah
It’s over now
I can’t go back to living through your eyes too many lines
And if you don’t know by now
I can’t go back to being someone else not anymore
I never had a chance to do things my way
So now it’s time for me to take control
And I am not afraid to try it on my own
I don’t care if I’m right or wrong
I’ll live my life the way I feel
No matter what, I’m gonna keep it real you know
Time for me to do it
Oh, I start, again go back to one
I’m running things in my way
Can’t stop me now, I’ve just begun
Don’t even think aboutit
There ain’t no way around it
I’m taking names, the world is mine
Yes, I’m gonna take my turn
It’s time for me to fi nally stand alone, stand alone
I am not afraid to try it on my own
And I don’t care if I’m right or wrong
I’ll live my life the way I feel
No matter what, I’m gonna keep it real you know
It’s time for me to do it
See I’m not afraid
GLOSSARY:
Wiser: mais esparto(a)
-Er: Sufi xo usado para formar comparativo de superioridade.
Exemplos:
Tall: alto → Taller: mais alto
Short: curto, baixo → Shorter: mais curto, mais baixo
Used to: costumava
Ain’t: todas as negativas da língua inglesa
Gonna = Going to: estrutura de formação do futuro
Even: sequer
All By Myself – Celine Dion
When I was young
I never needed anyone
CAPÍTULO 2 – PRONOUNS INGLÊS
12
And making love was just for fun
Those days are gone
Livin’ alone
I think of all the friends I’ve known
When I dial the telephone
Nobody’s home
All by myself
Don’t wanna be
All by myself
Anymore
Hard to be sure
Sometimes I feel so insecure
And love’s so distant and obscure
Remains the cure
All by myself
Don’t wanna be
All by myself
Anymore
All by myself
Don’t wanna live
All by myself
Anymore
When I was young
I never needed anyone
Making love was just for fun
Those days are gone
All by myself
Don’t wanna be
All by myself
Anymore
All by myself
Don’t wanna live
Oh
Don’t wanna live
By myself, by myself
Anymore
By myself
Anymore
Oh
All by myself
Don’t wanna live
I never, never, never
Needed anyone
GLOSSARY:
Wanna = Want to: Querer
Dial: Discar
Are gone: se foram
ANSWER-KEY:
01 -
a.me
b.he / her
c.we / him
d.she / me
e.they / her.
02 -
a.her
b.him
c.them
d.me
e.it
03 –
a.her hands
b.our hands
c.his hands
d.their hands
e.your hands
04 –
a.your
b.his
c.their
d.our
e.her
f.their
g.its
h.my
05 –
a.yours
b.mine
c.ours
d.hers
e.theirs
f.yours
g.mine
h.his
i.its
06 –
01.himself
02.each other
03.Ø
04.herself
05.itself
06.each other
07.each other
08.each other
09.Ø
10.ourselves
QUESTÕES DE PROVAS:
01 - a
02 - d
03 - c
04 - a
05 - a
06 - b
07 - d
08 - a
09 - c
10 - b
11 - a
12 – a
13 – d
14 – c
15 – c
16 – c
17 - a
CAPÍTULO 3 – THE IMPERATIVE MOODINGLÊS
13
CAPÍTULO 3
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD
OS VERBOS EM INGLÊS:
Infi nitive: To + Verb
Ex: To Be, To See, To Work
Base Form: (Infi nitive sem o “To”) Verb.
Ex: Be, See, Work
Gerund / Present Participle: -ing
Ex: Being, Seeing, Working
Past Participle:
Verbos regulares: -ed
Verbos irregulares: Veja a lista no capítulo de “simple past”
Ex: Been, Seen, Worked
IMPERATIVE MOOD
YOU
Em inglês, o Imperativo é usado somente para o “You”. Dá-
se ordem para a pessoa com quem se fala
Affi rmative form: Base form of the verb
Go
Study!
Do it now!
Please pay attention!
Pay attention, please!
P.S.: Ao utilizarmos “please” no fi nal da frase, ele sempre virá 
precedido por uma vírgula.
Negative form: Do not / Don’t + Base form of the verb.
Don’t go home now.
Do not talk to me like that!
Please don’t worry!
Don’t worry, please!
P.S.: O Imperative Mood é o único caso de sujeito oculto na 
língua inglesa.
IMPERATIVE MOOD: Question Tag/Tag Questions
Will you
 Do your homework, will you?
 Don’t play videogames now, will you?
LET’S = LET US
É usado para “Nós”
É usado para fazer convites ou dar ordens nas quais o “eu” 
esteja incluído.
Let’s go to the beach!
Let’s focus on our studies.
A forma negativa é feita acrescentando “not” ou outro ad-
vérbio de negação após a estrutura.
Let’s not waste time.
Question tag/Tag question:
..., shall we?
Let’s play soccer this weekend, shall we?
Let’s not work until so late, shall we?
EXERCISES:
1. Relacione as colunas A e B, encontrando o Imperativo cor-
reto.
Coluna A
1. I’m hungry.
2. I’m very tired.
3. I’m sad today.
4. I’m pissed off .
5. I’m thirsty.
Coluna B
( ) See a comedy movie.
( ) Take vacation.
( ) Eat something.
( ) Drink some water.
( ) Chill out and take it easy.
a) 1 – 2 – 3 – 4 – 5
b) 5 – 4 – 3 – 2 – 1
c) 3 – 2 – 1 – 4 – 5
d) 3 – 2 – 1 – 5 – 4
e) 2 – 3 – 4 – 1 – 5
2. Select the proposition(s) which is(are) in the Imperative 
Form:
(01) Please, place all valuables in the hotel safe.
(02) You are advised not to take money on the beach.
(04) We ask you to return your keys before your departure.
(08) You must carry your suitcases.
(16) Don’t make noise at night.
(32) Be careful with your tickets.
Soma = ( __________ )
a) 49 (01 + 16 + 32)
b) 48 (16 + 32)
c) 50 (02 + 16 + 32)
d) 56 (08 + 16 + 32)
e) 17 (16 + 01)
CAPÍTULO 3 – THE IMPERATIVE MOOD INGLÊS
14
3. Which of the following sentences is not in the Imperative 
Mood?
a) Get plenty of calcium.
b) Don’t mess too much with your hair.
c) But, be patient with those who supply it.
d) Painting over the ugly parts.
e) But trust me on the sunscreen.
4. “All right, everyone, we’re not here to talk shop. Let’s have 
a good time.” We are not here to:
a) fi ght.
b) make a scene.
c) waste time.
d) talk about business.
e) listen to tall stories.
5. Let’s go for a pint.
a) festa
b) cigarro
c) cerveja
d) passeio
e) viagem
6. Stars do it. Sports do it. Judges in the highest courts do it.
Let’s do it: that yoga thing.
– Observe que o “it” se repete. A que se refere?
a) Stars.
b) Sports.
c) Judges.
d) India.
e) Yoga.
7. This place is not good. __________ we go elsewhere?
a) Will
b) Will not
c) Ought
d) Shall
e) Let’s
8. Which is the correct alternative to complete the following 
instructions?
__________ (1) a game card in the card slot. __________ 
(2) power. Important: __________ (3) insert or remove 
cards when the power is on as it damages the machine. 
__________ (4) the game card icon.
a) Insert – Press – Do not – Tap
b) To insert – To press – To do not – To tap
c) Insert – Press – Do – To tap
d) Insert – To press – Do – Tap
e) To insert – Press – Do not – Tap
QUESTÕES DE PROVAS DA EEAR:
Read the text and answer the question.
 Sometimes we procrastinate doing something be-
cause we think that we will do a bad choice. If you feel ner-
vous about a task, stop and think positive thoughts. Think 
about what you are good at. Think about times in the past 
when you have done something good. Positive thoughts 
make work easier.
(Adapted from Access Reading 2)
GLOSSARY:
Procrastinate – adiar
Choice – escolha
Task – tarefa.
1. The verbs “stop” and “think”, line 3, are being used in the 
(1/2011)
a) future
b) imperative
c) simple past
d) simple present
Read the text and answer the question:
Don’t Quit
When things go wrong as they sometimes will;
When the road you’re trudging seems all uphill;
When the funds are low, and the debts are high
And you want to smile, but have to sigh;
When care is pressing you down a bit
Rest if you must, but do not quit.
Success is the failure turned inside out;
The silver tint of the clouds of doubt;
And you can never tell how close you are
It may be near when it seems so far;
So stick to the fi ght when you’re hardest hit
It’s when things go wrong that you must not quit.
GLOSSARY
to trudge – caminhar penosamente
uphill – difícil, exaustivo
to sigh – suspirar
tint – tom, tonalidade
2. (EEAR) The imperative form of the verbs, underlined in 
the text, is being used to:
a) give advice.
b) give directions.
c) make an invitation.
d) give an explanation.
CAPÍTULO 3 – THE IMPERATIVE MOODINGLÊS
15
Read the extract and answer question 3:
Before my grandfather died, he said to me: “Don’t waste 
your time! Travel around the world! Have a beautiful house! 
Be with a person you love! Go to the beach! Have a lot of 
friends!
(Adapted from Inglês no Mundo do Trabalho)
3. (EEAR) The Imperative form of the verbs underlined in the 
extract expresses:
a) habits
b) requests
c )directions
d) some advice
Read the dialog and answer question 04.
A: Look! That’s John over there.
B: Let’s call him.
A: John, come here!
4. (EEAR) The correct negative form of the sentence underli-
ned in the dialog is:
a) John, don’t come here!
b) John, won’t come here!
c) John, didn’t come here!
d) John, doesn’t come here!
ANSWER-KEY:
01 – d
02 – a
03 – d
04– d
05 – c
06 – e
07 – d
08 – a
QUESTÕES DE PROVAS DA EEAR:
01 – b
02 – a
03 – d
04 - a
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO:
LISTEN TO YOUR HEART – Roxette
I know there’s something in the wake of your smile
I get a notion from the look in your eyes, yea
You’ve built a love, but that love falls apart
Your little piece of heaven turns to dark
Listen to your heart
When he’s calling for you
Listen to your heart
There’s nothing else you can do
I don’t know where you’re going
And I don’t know why
But listen to your heart
Before you tell him goodbye
Sometimes you wonder if this fi ght is worthwhile
The precious moments are all lost in the tide, yea
They’re swept away and nothing is what is seems
The feeling of belonging to your dreams
Listen to your heart
When he’s calling for you
Listen to your heart
There’s nothing else you can do
I don’t know where you’re going
And I don’t know why
But listen to your heart
Before you tell him goodbye
And there are voices
That want to be heard
So much to mention
But you can’t fi nd the words
The scent of magic
The beauty that’s been
When love was wilder than the wind
Listen to your heart
Take a listen to it
He’s calling for you
Listen to your heart
Take a listen to it
Else you can do
I don’t know where you’re going
And I don’t know why
But listen to your heart
Before
Listen to your heart!
Take a listen to it
He’s calling for you
Listen to your heart!
Take a listen to it
Else you can do
I don’t know where you’re going
And I don’t know why
But listen to your heart
Before you tell him goodbye
(Listen to your heart)
(Listen to your heart)
(Listen to your heart)
CAPÍTULO 4 – VERB TO BE INGLÊS
16
CAPÍTULO 04
VERB TO BE
Verb To Be (Simple Present Tense)
AFFIRMATIVE FORM SHORT/CONTRACTED FORMS:
I AM I’M
YOU ARE YOU’RE
HE IS HE’S
SHE IS SHE’S
IT IS IT’S
WE ARE WE’RE
YOU ARE YOU’RE
THEY ARE THEY’RE
Bizu: As formas contratas da afi rmativa do verbo “To Be” SÓ 
podem ser usadas se acompanhadas de algum elemento 
sintático.
Ex: I’m a teacher.
Are you a teacher?
Yes, I’m. (Yes, I am).
NEGATIVE FORM SHORT/CONTRACTED FORMS:
I AM NOT I’M NOT
YOU ARE NOT YOU’RE NOT / YOU AREN’T
HE IS NOT’ HE’S NOT / HE ISN’T
SHE IS NOT SHE’S NOT / SHE ISN’T
IT IS NOT IT’S NOT / IT ISN’T
WE ARE NOT WE’RE NOT / WE AREN’T
YOU ARE NOT YOU’RE NOT / YOU AREN’T
THEY ARE NOT THEY’RE NOT / THEY AREN’T
Bizu: As formas contratas da negativa do verbo “To Be” po-
dem ser usadas sozinhas, isto é, sem nenhum elemento sin-
tático as acompanhando.
Ex: You’re not tired today.
Are you a military?
No, I’m not.
INTERROGATIVE FORM
AM I? AM I NOT?
ARE YOU? AREN’T YOU? / ARE YOU NOT?
IS HE? ISN’T HE? / IS HE NOT?
IS SHE? ISN’T SHE? / IS SHE NOT?
IS IT? ISN’T IT? / IS IT NOT?
ARE WE? AREN’T WE? / ARE WE NOT?
ARE YOU? AREN’T YOU? / ARE YOU NOT?
ARE THEY? AREN’T THEY? / ARE THEY NOT?
Short and long answers
Are you a teacher ?
Yes, I am a teacher. / No, I am not a teacher. (long answers)
Yes, I am. / No, I am not. (short answers)
Is he a good student ?
Yes, he is a good student./ No, he is not a good student. 
(long answers)
Yes, he is. / No, he is not. (short answers)
Is she beautiful ?
Yes, she is beautiful. / No, she is not beautiful (long answers)
Yes, she is. / No, she is not. (short answers)
QUESTION TAG / TAG QUESTION:
A “question tag” do verbo “To Be” é feita como um ímã. Se a 
frase for afi rmativa, a question tag será negativa.
Frase negativa faz question tag positiva:
Watch out!!
We are students, aren’t we?
They’re at home, aren’t they?
We aren’t working now, are we?
You’re not going home now, are you?
I’m not so fat anymore, am I?
EXCEPTION:
I am tall, aren’t I?
I am tall, am I not?
EXERCÍCIOS
1. Choose the correct option:
a) They _______ great !
a) is c) she
b) are d) I am
b) I _____a student.
a) are c) am
b) they d) he
c) He _______ handsome.
a) is c) are
b) am d) she
2. Match the questions and the answers:
a) Is Mattew an engineer ? ( ) Yes, she is.
b) Are you and my brother friends ? ( ) No, it isn’t.
c) Is Jennifer beautiful ? ( ) No, he isn’t.
d) Are Marcos and John teachers ? ( ) Yes, we are.
e) Is the computer new ? ( ) No, they aren’t.
CAPÍTULO 4 – VERB TO BEINGLÊS
17
3. Choose the correct question tag:
a) Teresa is an accountant,___? 
 aren’t she?  doesn’t she?  isn’t she?   She isn’t?
b) I am a good worker,___? 
 I am?  do I?  amn’t I?   aren’t I?  
c) Pierre is a grandfather,___? 
 he isn’t?   isn’t he?  he is?  doesn’t he?  
d) Kate is a doctor, ___? 
 she is?  is she?  doesn’t she?  isn’t she?  
e) Jacques and Alicia are students, ___? 
 aren’t they?  are they?  isn’t he?  isn’t they?  
f) Mario is at work right now, ___? 
 aren’t they?  isn’t he?  is he?  isn’t she?  
g) I’m here, ___?)
 am I not?   am not I?  amn’t I?  aren’t you?  
h) You and I are busy right now, ___? 
 aren’t I?  aren’t we?  we aren’t?  aren’t you?  
i) It’s windy today, ___? 
 am I?   aren’t they?  isn’t it?  isn’t he? 
j) I am ready for the next exercise, ___? 
 isn’t it?  don’t I?  aren’t you?  aren’t I?  
P.S.: -Y
O sufi xo –y em inglês costuma formar adjetivos.
Veja:
Sun (sol) → Sunny (ensolarado)
Health (saúde) → Healthy (saudável)
4. Supply the correct form of the present tense of  TO BE.
1) He ................ a good student. is
2) They ................ old friends. are
3) I ................ a student. am
4) John ................ absent. is
5) We ................ both students. are
6) The weather today ................ good. is
7) The sky ................ clear. is
8) Henry and John ................ brothers. are
9) She and I ................ cousins. are
10) Mr. Smith ................ sick today. is
11) He ................ a businessman. is
12) Mr. Jones ................ a lawyer. is
13) Today ................ Wednesday. is
14) She and John ................ both good students. are
15)  The policeman on the corner ................ busy with the traf-
fi c. is
16)  He and I ................ old friends. are
5. Change the following sentences from affi rmative to 
negative.
1) They are in Europe now.
2) John is angry with you.
3) Hen and she are cousins.
4) He is very studious.
5) Both sisters are tall.
6) She is a clever girl.
7) They are members of the country club.
8) He is a good tennis player.
9) Mr. Smith is a pilot with American Airlines.
10 )The sky is very cloudy today.
11) The offi ce of the principal is on the fi rst fl oor.
12) It is cold today.
13) She is a tall, blonde girl.
14) It is a good movie.
15) The stamps are in my desk.
16) He is in his offi ce.
6. Complete the following sentences with There is or The-
re are.
1) _________ a new moon tonight.
2) _________ someone at the door.
3) _________ a lot of students absent today.
4) _________ a mailbox on the corner.
5) _________ three lamps in the room.
6)_________ two large windows in the room.
7) But _________ only one door.
8) _________ a lot of English classes in our school.
9) _________ nobody in the room now.
10) _________ a letter on the table for you.
11) _________ several beautiful parks in this city.
12) _________ twelve months in a year.
13) _________ only one cloud in the sky.
14) _________ no one at home.
15) _________ dishes but no silverware on the table.
16) _________ no stores in this section of town.
 THERE IS / THERE ARE
(Negative and Questions Forms)
Formamos a negativa com there is e there are acrescentan-
do-se not após o verbo.
There is a man in the room.
There is NOT man in the room. (There isn’t)
There are two students absent today.
There are NOT two students absent today.
CAPÍTULO 4 – VERB TO BE INGLÊS
18
As formas contratas isn’t and aren’t  são geralmente utiliza-
das.
Formamos a interrogativa com there is e there are colocan-
do-se o verbo TO BE antes da partícula THERE.
There is a window in the room.
Is there a window in the room ?
There are some magazines on the table.
Are there magazines on thetable?
7. Change the following sentences from affi rmative to nega-
tive. Use the contracted forms.
1) There is a fl ag at the top of the building.
2) There are two lamps in the room.
3) There is a pillow on each bed.
4) There are two policemen on each corner.
5) There is a big parade today.
6) There are several doctors in this area.
7) There are ten new words in this lesson.
8) There is a message for you on the hall table.
9) There are enough chairs for everyone.
10) There are plenty of good seats available.
11) There is a comfortable chair in each room.
12) There is a good restaurant near here.
13) There are telephones in every room.
14) There are four seasons in a year.
15) There are three syllables in each of the words.
8. Change all the sentences ABOVE to questions.
 
(THERE IS / THERE ARE (EXISTE / EXISTEM / HÁ)
Utilizamos there is no singular e there are no plural. (Obser-
var que aqui o tempo usado é o PRESENTE)
There is a book on the table.
There are books on the table.
There is one man in the room.
There are several men in the room.
ANSWER-KEY:
01 – They are / I am / He is
02 – c/e/a/b/d
03 
a. isn’t she?
b. aren’t I?
c. isn’t he?
d. isn’t she?
e. aren’t they?
f. isn’t he?
g. am I not?
h. aren’t we?
i. isn’t it?
j. aren’t I?
04
1) is
2) are
3) am
4) is
5) are
6) is
7) is
8) are
9) are
10) is
11) is
12) is
13) is
14) are
15) is
16) are
05
1) They aren’t in Europe now.
2) John isn’t angry with you.
3) Hen and she aren’t cousins.
4) He isn’t very studious.
5) Both sisters aren’t tall.
6) She isn’t a clever girl.
7) They aren’t members of the country club.
8) He isn’t a good tennis player.
9) Mr. Smith isn’t a pilot with American Airlines.
10) The sky isn’t very cloudy today.
11) The offi ce of the principal isn’t on the fi rst fl oor.
12) It isn’t cold today.
13) She isn’t a tall, blonde girl.
14) It isn’t a good movie.
15) The stamps aren’t in my desk.
16) He isn’t in his offi ce.
06
1) There is a new moon tonight.
2) There is someone at the door.
3) There are a lot of students absent today.
4) There is a mailbox on the corner.
5) There are three lamps in the room.
6) There are two large windows in the room.
7) But there is only one door.
8) There are a lot of English classes in our school.
CAPÍTULO 4 – VERB TO BEINGLÊS
19
9) There is nobody in the room now.
10) There is a letter on the table for you.
11) There are several beautiful parks in this city.
12) There are twelve months in a year.
13) There is only one cloud in the sky.
14) There is no one at home.
15) There are dishes but no silverware on the table.
16) There are no stores in this section of town.
07
1) There isn’t
2) There aren’t
3) There isn’t
4) There aren’t
5) There isn’t
6) There aren’t
7) There aren’t
8) There isn’t
9) There aren’t
10) There aren’t
11) There isn’t
12) There isn’t
13) There aren’t
14) There aren’t
15) There aren’t
SUGESTÃO PARA TRADUÇÃO!
“We’re The World (USA For Africa)”
There comes a time when we hear a certain call
When the world must come together as one
There are people dying
And it’s time to lend a hand to life
The greatest gift of all
We can’t go on pretending day by day
That someone, somewhere will soon make a change
We all are a part of God’s great big family
And the truth, you know,
Love is all we need
[Chorus:]
We are the world, we are the children
We are the ones who can make a brighter day
So let’s start giving
There’s a choice we’re making
We’re saving our own lives
It’s true we’ll make a better day
Just you and me
Send them your heart so they’ll know that someone cares
And their lives will be stronger and free
As God has shown us by turning stone to bread
So we all must lend a helping hand
[Chorus]
When you’re down and out, there seems no hope at all
But if you just believe there’s no way we can fall
Well...well...well
Let’s realize that a change can only come
When we stand together as one
[Chorus]
NOTES
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
_______________________________________
_______________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 5 – GERUND / PRESENT PARTICIPLE INGLÊS
20
CAPÍTULO 5
GERUND / PRESENT PARTICIPLE
GERUND
“-ing”
verb + “-ing”
go → going
verbos terminados com “e” perdem o “e” e recebem “-ing”
come → coming
EXCEPTION: be → being
Verbos terminados em “ee” não sofrem perda.
Agree → agreeing
verbos monossilábicos terminados em “cvc” (consoante + 
vogal + consoante) dobram a consoante fi nal e recebem 
“-ing”
get → getting
stop → stopping
se tiverem duas ou mais sílabas, só dobrarão a consoante 
fi nal se forem “oxítonas”
pre’fer → preferring
‘listen → listening
P.S.: Em muitos dicionários, usa-se o apóstrofo (‘) para se in-
dicar a sílaba tônica.
p.p.s.: O verbo travel tem variações quanto ao inglês do pa-
drão europeu e do padrão estadunidense.
to travel → travelling (British English)
to travel → traveling (American English)
“w” e “y” em fi nal de sílaba são semi-vogais.
snow → snowing
play → playing
os verbos terminados em “-ic”, por questões fonológicas, 
recebem “-k” e, então “-ing”
mimic → mimicking
die → dying
lie → lying
tie → tying
Gerund usages:
01 – As the subject of the clause:
Dancing is quite cool.
02 – As the object of the clause:
She hates cooking every day.
03 – After prepositions:
She is afraid of � ying.
I am interested in seeing a movie.
04 – To form the Continuous / Progressive tenses:
We have been studying a lot.
05 – In some verbal combinations:
He avoids drinking alcohol.
P.S.: Depois dos verbos abaixo, usa-se somente a forma do 
gerúndio.
admit - appreciate - avoid - carry on - consider - contempla-
te - continue - delay - deny - detest - dislike - endure - enjoy 
- escape - excuse - face - fancy - feel like - fi nish - forgive - 
give up - imagine - include - involve - keep - mention - mind 
- miss - postpone - practice - put off - recommend - resent 
- resist - risk - suggest - understand – quit
06 – Após algumas expressões
- CAN’T STAND (NÃO SUPORTAR):
I can’t stand being far from you.
(Não suporto fi car longe de você.)
CAN’T HELP (NÃO PODER EVITAR):
He couldn’t help falling in love with her.
(Ele não conseguiu evitar se apaixonar por ela.)
BE WORTH (VALER A PENA):
It was worth listening to him. (Valeu a pena escutá-lo.)
It is worth speaking more than one language. (Vale a pena 
falar mais de um idioma.)
It is not worth waiting. (Não vale a pena esperar.) 
FEEL LIKE
(ESTAR A FIM DE, ESTAR COM VONTADE DE):
I feel like having a cup of tea.
(Estou a fi m de tomar uma xícara de chá.)
IT IS NO GOOD (NÃO É BOM):
It is no good talking to this boy. (Não é bom falar com esse 
menino.)
IT IS GOOD (É BOM):
It is good talking English as much as you can to improve 
the language. 
(É bom falar Inglês o máximo que você puder para você 
aprimorar o idioma.)aprimorar o idioma.)
CAPÍTULO 5 – GERUND / PRESENT PARTICIPLEINGLÊS
21
It is good thinking before talking what comes to our mind. 
(É bom pensar antes de falar o que vem à nossa cabeça.)
IT IS NO USE (NÃO ADIANTA):
It is no use talkingto the headmaster. He won’t help us. 
(Não adianta falar com o diretor da escola. Ele não vai nos 
ajudar.)
THERE IS NO POINT (NÃO HÁ POR QUE, NÃO HÁ RAZÃO):
There is no point researching another source for our project.
(Não há por que pesquisar uma outra fonte para o nosso 
projeto.)
Some people believe there is no point in teaching stu-
dents how to spell or pronounce words without providing 
their associated meanings. 
(Algumas pessoas acreditam que não há razão para ensi-
nar aos alunos como soletrar ou pronunciar palavras sem 
fornecer seus signifi cados.)
WHAT ABOUT / HOW ABOUT (QUE TAL):
What about going to the zoo? (Que 
tal irmos ao zoológico?)
How about walking home instead of 
taking the car? 
(Que tal ir caminhando para casa ao 
invés de ir de carro?)
How about going for a meal? (Que tal sairmos para comer 
alguma coisa?) 
LOOK FORWARD TO (AGUARDAR ANSIOSAMENTE):
We are looking forward to meeting you again. (Estamos 
aguardando ansiosamente o reencontro com você.)
BE USED TO (ESTAR ACOSTUMADO A):
In Norway we  are used to  having  a lot of snow.
(Na Noruega, estamos acostumados a ter muita neve.)
OBJECT TO (OPOR-SE, RECUSAR):
They objected to sitting in the smoking section.
(Eles se opuseram a fi car sentados na área para fumantes.)
EXERCÍCIOS
1. (EEAR) Select the alternative that best completes the ex-
tract below.
Doctors suggest not _________ much fat and sugar. Patients 
suff ering from cardiopulmonary diseases also should not 
avoid ___________ to the doctor.
a) to eat – to go
b) eating – to go
c) to eat – going 
d) eating – going
Read the dialog and answer question 2:
Ana: Do you ever go to museums?
Martin: Yes, I enjoy ___________ them. Ana: Would you like 
to go to a museum now?
Martin: No, I’m hungry. I suggest _________ to a restaurant.
2. (EEAR) Select the alternative that best completes the dia-
logue:
a) visiting – to go
b) to visit – to go
c) to visit – going 
d) visiting – going
3. Without fear of be happy (Sem medo de ser feliz) é o tí-
tulo, em inglês, que um periódico paulista atribuiu 
ao livro do jornalista americano Ken Silverstein sobre 
a campanha de Lula à Presidência da República em 
1989. Examinando o título, você diria que:
a) Está estruturalmente correto.
b) Deveria ser: “Without Fear of Been Happy”.
c) Deveria ser: “Without Fear of to Be Happy”.
d) Deveria ser: “Without Fear of Being Happy”.
e) Deveria ser: “Without Fear to Be Happy”.
4. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a sen-
tença a seguir:
Most people cannot learn verbs without __________ them.
a) to study
b) studying
c) study
d) studied
e) studies
5. Assinale a alternativa correta:
He stopped __________ only after the doctor said he was 
going to die.
a) drank
b) drink
c) drinks
d) drinking
e) to drink
6. Both Mary and Roger enjoy __________ tennis.
a) plays
b) play
c) to playing
d) playing
e) played
7. Analyse the sentences below. Which is the correct sen-
tence?
a) I enjoy reading very much.
b) I don’t mind to listen to classical music.
c) I must to talk to you.
d) I avoid to go out at night.
e) I suggest you to study more.
CAPÍTULO 5 – GERUND / PRESENT PARTICIPLE INGLÊS
22
8. Which sequence best completes the text below?
When we go out on weekends, I don’t mind __________ (1). 
I enjoy __________ (2) by car because it is more comfortable 
and I can’t resist __________ (3) to take photos. However, I 
avoid __________ (4) at night as I prefer not __________ (5) 
the risk of __________ (6) on the wheel.
a) to drive – travel – to stop – driving – run – sleep
b) driving – to travel – to stop – driving – run – sleep
c) drive – traveling – stopping – to drive – to run – sleep
d) driving – traveling – stopping – driving – to run – sleeping
e) to drive – traveling – stopping – driving – to run – sleeping
9. Which sequence best completes the text below?
Almost everyone who studies, lives or works abroad expe-
riences some degree of culture shock. This period of cultural 
adjustment involves everything from __________ (1) the food 
and language to __________ (2) how to use the telephone. 
No matter how patient and fl exible you are, __________ (3) 
to a new culture can, at times, be diffi cult and frustrating. It is 
easy __________ (4) lost,
depressed and homesick. You may even want __________ 
(5) back home!
a) get used to – learning – to adjusting – to getting – go
b) getting used to – learn – to adjust – to get – to go
c) getting used to – learning – adjusting – get – to go
d) getting used to – learning – adjusting – to get – to go
e) to get used to – learn – adjusting – to get – go
10. Which sequence best completes the text below?
Riding a bicycle is a low impact form of exercise that can be 
enjoyed by people of all ages and fi tness levels. It can help 
__________ (1) your general health while __________ (2) gen-
tle on your joints. It’s also a great way __________ (3) fun, get 
fi t and spend time with friends and family. Always __________ 
(4) a helmet and be aware of traffi c rules when on the road.
Adapted from http://www.betterhealth.vic.gov.au
a) improving – to be – to have – wear
b) to improve – being – having – wear
c) improving – being – to have – wear
d) to improve – to be – to have – wear
e) to improve – being – to have – wear
11. Assinale a tradução correta dos termos em maiúsculo:
I DON’T FEEL LIKE being indoors all day. Let’s go for a long 
walk.
a) Não estou com vontade
b) Não acho ruim
c) Não creio que é uma boa idéia
d) Não concordo
e) Não estou pensando em
ANSWER-KEY:
01 – d
02 – d
03 – d
04 – b
05 – d
06 – d
07 – a
08 – d
09 – d
10 - e
11 - a
PRESENT CONTINUOUS /
PRESENT PROGRESSIVE
to be + “-ing”
→ It is used to state a fact in progress at the moment of 
speaking.
Ex: We are studying English now.
Como o “Present Continuous” expressa transitoriedade, al-
guns verbos não podem ser usados nesse tempo verbal.
to believe – to belong – to depend – to see – to hear – to 
smell – to touch – to love –
to hate – to like – to dislike – to know – to mean – to need 
– to prefer – to fi nd –
to understand – to comprehend – to notice – to want – 
to  realize – to look  –
to remember – to seem – to suppose – to have = to own = 
to possess
I am seeing a bird in the tree.
I am seeing a new girl. She’s gorgeous.
He is having some coke.
She is having a hot dog.
The baby’s having a shower.
They are having a new car.
(W/T/T/T/T/W)
Key-words:
now – right now – today – tonight – at the moment – at 
present – currently = nowadays – this... (ex: this season) 
– these... (ex: these days)
Ex: We are working on that project right now.
13. Every Monday, Sally (drive) her kids to football practice. 
14. Usually, I (work) as a secretary at ABT, but this summer I 
(study) French at a language school in Paris. That is why 
I am in Paris. 
15. Shhhhh! Be quiet! John (sleep) . 15. Shhhhh! Be quiet! John (sleep) . 
CAPÍTULO 5 – GERUND / PRESENT PARTICIPLEINGLÊS
23
16. Don’t forget to take your umbrella. It (rain). 
17. I hate living in Seattle because it (rain, always). 
18. I’m sorry I can’t hear what you (say) because everybody 
(talk) so loudly. 
19. Justin (write, currently) a book about his adventures in 
Tibet. I hope he can fi nd a good publisher when he is fi -
nished. 
20. Jim: Do you want to come over for dinner tonight?
Denise: Oh, I’m sorry, I can’t. I (go) to a movie tonight 
with some friends. 
21. The business cards (be, normally ) printed by a company 
in New York. Their prices (be) inexpensive, yet the quality 
of their work is quite good. 
22. This delicious chocolate (be) made by a small chocolatier 
in Zurich, Switzerland.
 
Why is the present simple tense used for both verbs in the 
sentence below? Because the speaker:
23. The sun rises in the east and sets in the west.
a) ... is describing what is happening now.
b) ... is expressing a truth about the world.
c) ... is talking about a repeated acti on.
d) ... is telling a joke and jokes are oft en in the 1 tense.
24. My father ____________ toomuch!
a) ... smoke
b) ... is smoking
c) ... smokes
d) ... smoking
25. You should see the new Brad Pitt fi lm. He plays the part of 
a cowboy who ___________ up a lawless town.
a) ... cleans
b) ... is cleaning
c) ... cleaned
d) ... clean
26. Why ______________? You should be listening to me!
 a) ... you are talking
b) ... you talk
c) ... do you talk
d) ... are you talking
 
Read the dialog and answer questions 27 to 29.
Doing things
Evan: Hey, Chloe. What are you doing?
Chloe: I’m drawing a picture for the story I wrote in
school today.
Evan: Oh, yeah? Terrifi c. Can I see it? It’s very pretty. I like 
the colors.
Chloe: Thanks, Dad.
Evan: Chloe, go look in the kitchen. Is Mom _____ coff ee?
Chloe: Uh, no, Daddy, she’s still _______ the dishes.
Evan: Oh. I guess I can wait a few minutes. I have to
make a call.
Chloe: Are you calling Grandma?
Evan: No. It’s a business call.
(Taken from American Streamline)
GLOSSARY
to guess - achar, imaginar
27. (EEAR) Fill in the blanks with the correct verbs, respec-
tively:
a) making / making
b) making / doing
c) doing / making 
d) doing / doing
28. (EEAR) The verb tense underlined in the text is
a) simple past.
b) simple present.
c) present perfect. 
d) present continuous.
29. (EEAR) “Terrifi c”, (line 4), is opposite to
a) great.
b) awful.
c) excellent. 
d) wonderful.
ANSWER-KEY:
13)drives
14)work / am studying
15)is sleeping
16)is raining
17)is always raining (esta forma é usada com um sentido de 
reclamação)
18)are saying / is talking
19)is currently writing
20)am going
21)are normally / are
22)is
23)c
24)b (a “C” também é aceita)
25)a
26)d
27)b
28)d
29)b
Evan: Chloe, go look in the kitchen. Is Mom _____ coff ee?
CAPÍTULO 6 – SIMPLE PRESENT / PRESENT SIMPLE INGLÊS
24
CAPÍTULO 6
SIMPLE PRESENT / PRESENT SIMPLE
Simple Present/Presente Simples
1. Facts
 I hate Physics
2. Routine
 We study English on Wednesday
3. Scientifi c Truths
 The Earth goes around the Sun.
Conjugating a Verb in the simple present:
To Work
I work
You work
He workS
She workS
It workS
We work
You work
They work
Observe que as conjugações de he, she e it levaram um –S. Este 
-S é a desinência da língua inglesa para o Simple Present. Vale 
salientar que, embora pareça, tal –S não equivale ao plural. Ele 
é usado com a terceira pessoa do singular.
He, She, It Rules
1. Verbo + “-s”
I play, you play, he plays, she plays, it plays, we play, you 
play, they play.
2. Verbos terminados em S, SH, CH, X, Z, O são acrescidos 
de “-es”
I go, you go, he goes, she goes, it goes, we go, you go, 
they go.
3. Verbos terminados em consoante + y trocam o “y” por 
“i” e recebem “-es”
I study, you stydy, he studies, she studies, it studies, we 
study, you study, they study.
4. have → has
I have, you have, he has, she has, it has, we have, you 
have, they have.
OBS.: Em frases afi rmativas, utilizam-se os verbos auxiliares 
(Do/Does) para dar ênfase no verbo principal. Isso não se apli-
ca ao verbo “to be” e “to do”
ADVERBS OF FREQUENCY
Always 100% SEMPRE
Almost Always - QUASE SEMPRE
Usually - GERALMENTE
Oft en -
FREQUENTEMENTE
Frequently -
Someti mes 50% ÀS VEZES
Occasionally - OCASIONALMENTE
Seldom -
RARAMENTE
Rarely -
Hardly-Ever - QUASE NUNCA
Auxiliary Verbs (Do/Does)
1) To make the Interrogative Form. 
Do you speak English?
Does he work for the Navy?
 
2) To make the Negative Form. 
I do not work on Sundays. (don’t)
She does not play softball. (doesn’t)
 
3) Shorts Answers. 
A: Do you speak English?
B: Yes, I do.
 No, I don’t.
Yes, I speak English.
No, I don’t speak English.
A: Does he play soccer?
B: Yes, he does.
 No, he doesn’t.
Yes, he plays soccer.
No, he doesn’t play soccer.
A: Does he play soccer?
B: Yes, he does.
 No, he doesn’t.
 No, he doesn’t plays soccer.
 
4) To avoid the repetition of the main verb.
“Soda machines kills more than sharks do . . .”
5) Question Tag (Tag Question) 
 
We love English, don’t we?
They don’t work there, do they?
He drives well, doesn’t he?
She doesn’t like fl owers, does she?
 
6) To emphasize the main verb
 
I love you so much!
I do love you!I do love you!
CAPÍTULO 6 – SIMPLE PRESENT / PRESENT SIMPLEINGLÊS
25
Never 0% NUNCA
Positions of the adverbs
1. antes do verbo principal
They always get a little late
2. depois de verbos auxiliares
They are always doing their assignments
3. “Sometimes” também pode aparecer no início das 
frases.
“Sometimes it lasts in love
But sometimes it hurts instead . . .” – Adele: Someone 
Like You
EXERCISES
I sit and wait 
_________ an angel _________ my fate 
and ________ they know 
the places where we go 
when we’re grey and old 
‘Cause I’ve been told 
that salvation lets their wings unfold 
so when I’m lying in my bed 
thoughts running through my head 
and I feel that love is dead 
I’m loving angels instead (…)
Angels – by Robbie Williams
1. Completing the brackets we would have:
a)Does / contemplates / do
b)Do / contemplates / does
c)Does / contemplate / do
d)Does / contemplates / does
2. Find in the lyrics a word that means “onde”
a)When
b)We’re
c)Where
d)through
3. Fate is a synonym to:
a)salvation
b)destiny
c)places
d)loving.
Choose the best option to complete the sentences:
4. She ___ four languages.
a) speak
b) speaks
c) speakies
d) to speak
5. Jane is a teacher. She ___ French.
a) teach
b) teaches
c) to teach
d) to teaches
6. When the kettle ___, will you make some tea?
a) boil
b) boils
c) to boil
d) to boils
7. I always ___ the window at night because it is cold.
a) close
b) closes
c) to close
d) to closes
For exercises 08 to 16, choose the appropriate question 
tag:
8 She is a great ballerina, _________?
a) isn’t she?
b) is she?
c) is he?
d) are you
9. Michael and Monica live together, ____________?
a) do they?
b) does he and does she?
c) do they?
d) don’t they?
10. He works as a fi re offi cer, ______________?
a) does he?
b) do they?
c) doesn’t he?
d) does Michael?
11. I want to travel abroad, _______________?
a) do I?
b) does I?
c) don’t I?
d) doesn’t I?
12. Big Brother Brazil is boring, _____________?
a) does it?
b) is it?
c) isn’t it?
d) it is?
CAPÍTULO 6 – SIMPLE PRESENT / PRESENT SIMPLE INGLÊS
26
13. I am a teacher, ____________________?
a) I am?
b) I am not?
c) am I?
d) aren’t I?
14. We are dancing “The Macarena”, ___________?
a) are we?
b) aren’t we?
c) are I?
d) are they?
15. Thomas and Michael don’t play soccer, _____________?
a) do they?
b) don’t they?
c) does he and doesn’t he?
d) doesn’t he or doesn’t he?
16. We are going to pass the exams, ________________?
a) are we?
b) aren’t we?
c) are they?
d) do we?
17. Carlos is an excellent student. He __________ goes to 
class.
a) always
b) never
c) seldom
d) hardly-ever
18. I hate vegetables. I ___________ eat carrots.
a) sometimes
b) never
c) occasionally
d) once in a while
19. Choose the sentence which is close in meaning to one 
in bold:
She hardly ever goes to the beach.
a) She goes to the beach once in a blue moon.
b) She always goes to the beach.
c) She never goes to the beach.
d) She sometimes goes to the beach.
20. How often do you watch TV?
a) I watch TV.
b) I don’t like TV
c) I will always watch TV.
d) I always watch TV.
Read the paragraph and answer the questions 21, 22 and 23
An umbrella _____ a very ordinary object. It ______________ 
people against the rain and hot sun. You can fold most um-
brellas, so it is easy ____ them.
21. (EEAR) Choose the best alternative to complete the 
blanks in the paragraph.
a) is / puts / to hide
b) was / keeps / to help
c) was / brings / to buy
d) is / protects / to carry
22. (EEAR) “You can fold most umbrellas,…” means that we 
can
a) enlarge them.
b) open them easily.
c) hardly carry them.
d) make them smaller. 
Read the text and answer questions 24 to 28.
When Irish Eyes Are Smiling?
 Everyone wants to be Irish on March 17th, the party of 
the patron saint of Ireland.
 But nowhere is this more fun than in Dublin, where 
anyone can put on a green hat and participate in Ireland’sbiggest annual celebration.
 A four-day event, the St. Patrick’s Festival attracts 
over 1.3 million people from around the world. Free events, 
including street theater and fi reworks, are programmed 
around the city and are all accessible by foot.
(Adapted from Speak Up # 180)
23. According to the text, 
a) St. Patrick’s Day is just celebrated in Ireland.
b) Irish people don’t like to celebrate St. Patrick’s Day.
c) Just Irish people are able to celebrate the party of the patron 
of Ireland.
d) There’s no place where the celebration is more exciting than 
in the capital of Ireland.
24. Irish people celebrate Saint Patrick’s Day
a) just once every two years.
b) every year on May 17th.
c) once a year in March.
d) monthly.
25. People around the world are attracted by the Saint Patri-
ck’s Festival, where they can enjoy themselves
a) for a week
b) for four weeks
c) over the weekend
d) for four days
CAPÍTULO 6 – SIMPLE PRESENT / PRESENT SIMPLEINGLÊS
27
26. At St. Patrick’s Party, people
a) need transportation
b) enjoy indoor theater
c) have free enternainment
d) see fi refi ghters on the street.
27. Choose the best alternative to fi ll in the blanks.
People in that traditional celebration usually wear a piece 
of clothing in ______________.
a) red
b) black
c) green
d) yellow
28. The underlined verbs, in the text, are in the
a) simple past
b) past perfect
c) simple present
d) present perfect
Read the text and answer question 29
Air traffi c controller: orchestrating aerial and ground 
movements
An airfi eld in a war zone is like an orchestra of aerial
and ground activity. That’s the case at Sather Air Base,
Iraq, located next to Baghdad International Airport.
It’s one of Iraq’s busiest airfi elds. An average of 320
transient aircraft and 6,200 passengers _____ through
the base each week. Needless to say, there’s a lot of
activity. Airmen work on aircraft, loading them with
munitions or fi lling their fuel tanks. Of course, there’s
always the threat of terrorist attacks. The potential for
accidents is high. Conducting the symphony, are air
traffi c controllers like Sgt. Carter. One wrong direction
could result in people dying or the loss of millions of
dollars worth of equipment. “It’s a complex job,” he
said. “We must make sure aircraft make it to the fi eld
so the mission can be performed.” “To do the job well
requires great communication skills”, he said.
“Initially, I was challenged by the language barrier,”
he said. “But I soon learned to be more patient. And I
was able to fi gure out what was being said, so we
could complete our mission.”
One major diff erence for controllers in a war zone is
that they have to deal with things they don’t normally
deal with at their home bases. At Sather, the challenge
was the helicopter traffi c, Carter said. “Helicopters
were swarming everywhere in that country,” he said.
Soon after arriving at the base, the sergeant had to
educate himself about how to control helicopters.
Carter admits feeling nervous when he fi rst found out
he was deploying to Iraq because of the media
attention on terrorist attacks. But, to his surprise, his
tour has been relatively calm. Carter said his Sather
tour has been extremely rewarding, despite his earlier
misgivings.
(Adapted from Air Force News Agency)
GLOSSARY
to swarm – apinhar ou aglomerar
to deploy – ir em missão
misgivings – receios ou preocupações
29. The correct verb form to fi ll in the blank is
a) pass.
b) passes.
c) passed.
d) will pass.
Read the text and answer questions 30, 31, 32 and 33.
Haiti, a country under eternal reconstruction
 It seems that nature has not been kind to Haiti. 
The earthquake on January 12th aggravated the chaos and 
poverty in the country. According to the United Nations, up 
to January 23rd the offi cial number of dead was 111,000 and 
200,000 had been injured. It has been
 estimated, however, that the fi nal death toll could 
be 200,000. Thousands of houses have been destroyed or 
damaged, and hundreds of thousands of people have been 
left homeless. Before being hit by the earthquake the country 
was struck by a hurricane in 2008. However, nature cannot be 
held chiefl y responsible for
 the Haitians’ suff ering. In this country of nine 
million souls, over half are living below the level of extreme 
poverty, earning just a dollar a day. It is the poorest country 
in the Americas. The country is very, very underprivileged – 
there is a lack of schools, jobs, hospitals, transport, security, 
infrastructure, basic
 sanitation, and – mainly – political stability. In political 
terms Haiti has always been in confl ict. From the second half 
of the 19th century until the beginning of the 20th century, 16 
Heads of State were overthrown or assassinated.
(Taken from Telegraph Newspaper)
GLOSSARY
injured – ferido
death tool – número ofi cial de mortos
struck – atingido
chiefl y – principalmente
Heads of States – Chefes de Estado
to be overthrown – ser deposto
CAPÍTULO 6 – SIMPLE PRESENT / PRESENT SIMPLE INGLÊS
28
30. The ____________ was used most of the time, in the text, 
to talk about actions _________.
a) present continuous – happening these days
b) simple past – completely fi nished in a past period
c) simple present – that happen regularly or all the time
d) present perfect tense – in the past that have a result now
31. The suffi x added to the word, underlined in the text, 
means
a) little.
b) below.
c) having.
d) without.
32. Which alternative, extracted from the text, presents a 
gerund form?
a) Before being hit by the earthquake…
b) …responsible for the Haitian’s su� ering.
c) …until the beginning of the 20th century…
d) …over half are living below the level of extreme poverty…
33. In “… the fi nal death toll could be 200,000”, the underli-
ned expression, gives an idea of
a) ability in the past.
b) remote possibility.
c) uncertain estimation.
d) realistic expectation.
SUGESTÕES PARA TRADUÇÃO:
ANOTHER DAY IN PARADISE – Phil Collins
She calls out to the man on the street
“sir, can you help me?
It’s cold and I’ve nowhere to sleep
Is there somewhere you can tell me?
He walks on, doesn’t look back
He pretends he can’t hear her
Starts to whistle as he crosses the street
Seems embarrased to be there
[CHORUS]
Oh, think twice
Cuz it’s another day for you and me in paradise
Oh, think twice
Cuz it’s another day for you
You and me in paradise
Think about it
She calls out to the man on the street
He can see she’s been crying
She’s got blisters on the soles of her feet
She can’t walk but she’s trying
[CHORUS]
Oh, think twice
Cuz it’s another day for you and me in paradise
Oh, think twice
Cuz it’s another day for you
You and me in paradise
Oh, lord, is there nothing more anybody can do?
Oh, lord, there must be something you can say
You can tell from the lines on her face
You can see that she´s been there
Probably been moved on from every place
‘cause she didn’t fi t in there
[CHORUS]
Oh, think twice
Cuz it’s another day for you and me in paradise
Oh, think twice
Cuz it’s another day for you
You and me in paradise
It’s just another day
For you and me in paradise
Glossary:
Blisters: bolhas
Whistle: assoviar
To pretend: fi nger
ANSWER-KEY
1)c
2)c
3)b
4)b
5)b
6)b
7)a
8)a
9)d
10)c
11)c
12)c
13)d
14)b
15)a
16)b
17)a
18)b
19)a
20)d
21)d
22)d
23)d
24)c
25)d
26)c
27)c
28)d
29)a
30)c
31)d
32)a
33)c 
CAPÍTULO 7 – TYPES OF QUESTIONINGLÊS
29
CAPÍTULO 07
TYPES OF QUESTION
Types of Questions.
1) Yes/No Questions.
A: Do you like English?
B: Yes, I do. / No, I don’t.
2) Wh- Questions
A: Where do you live?
B: I live in Niterói.
Wh- Questions
What is your name? My name is John.
What do you do? I am a military.
Who is she? She is Monica.
Which musical style do you listen to 
– rock or reggae?
I listen to rock.
Whose bag is that? It’s hers.
When is your birthday? It`s on December.
Where do you work? I work in Niterói.
How do you come to school? I come by bus.
How old are you? I’m twenty-two (years old)
How tall are you? I’m six feet tall.
How oft en do youwatch TV? I never watch TV.
How deep is your love? It’s shallow.
How many friends do you have? I have some friends.
How much water do you drink? I drink a lot of water.
1. Use how + adjective or adverb, as appropriate :
a) __________ is Mount Everest ? It’s 29,002 feet above sea 
level.
b) __________ is she ? She’s 18 years old.
c) __________ was Brazil discovered ? It was discovered almost 
500 years ago.
d) __________ is it from Porto Alegre to Florianópolis ? It’s 500 
kilometers.
e) __________ do they go to their country ? They go there 
every year.
f) __________ was the red boat ? It was 5 meters long.
g) __________ is your grandmother ? She is 6 feet tall.
h) __________ languages do people speak in Canada ? They 
speak two languages.
i)__________ is this dirty lake ? It’s four meters deep.
WATCH OUT!!!
Correct the mistake below.
“We don’t need no education . . .”
_______________________________
_______________________________
OS VERBOS NEED, HAVE, EAT, DRINK, BUY, SELL GERALMEN-
TE NECESSITAM DE UMA IDEIA DE QUANTIDADE E, POR 
ISSO, SÃO ACOMPANHADOS DOS INDEFINIDOS.
1. A: Do you have any books?
 B: Yes, I have some books.
 Yes, I have some.
 
I know someone in Brasilia.
“Never mind, I’ll fi nd someone like you...” – Adele: Someone 
Like You.
ANY – SOME – NO
Some: Usa-se em:
1.Frases Afi rmativas
 
I have some friends in L.A.
She drinks some coff ee at home.
 
2.Frases Interrogativas, quando:
2.1.fazemos pedidos ou oferecimentos:
 
Would you like some cookies?
Can I drink some water?
 
WOULD + LIKE (juntos na frase) ? OFERECIMENTO!
2.2.temos 100% de certeza de que a resposta será “SIM”
A:”Do you want some money, sonny?”
Any: Usa-se em:
1.Frases Negativas com Advérbio de Negação.
 
She doesn’t like any fl owers.
I don’t have any money.
 
2.Frases Interrogativas em geral:
Do you have any money to lend me?
3.Em frases afi rmativas, any=qualquer.
 
(It doesn’t matter which).)
I eat any cheese.
CAPÍTULO 7 – TYPES OF QUESTION INGLÊS
30
She drinks any beer. 
No: É usado para negativar as frases.
I have no money. 
NÃO EXISTE ADVÉRBIO DE NEGAÇÃO COM “NO”
2 - Complete with “some”, “any” or “no”:
a. Is there _____ sweater in red colour?
Any
Some
No
Someone
b. I want _____ more wine. I’m driving home right now.
Any
Some
No
Someone
c. I can’t see ______ mistake in that exercise.
Anybody
Any
Some
Somebody
d. Can I have _______ more coff ee?
Any
No
Some
Every
e. There aren’t ________ eggs in the fridge. We have to go 
to the supermarket.
No
Some
Any
Every
f. __________ water is good for plants, but not too much.
Every
Some
Any
No
g. There is ________ money left in your wallet. You’re sup-
posed to drop by the bank and withdraw some.
Any
Some
No
Every
h. I don’t mind at all. I can use ____ of those beds to sleep. 
Any
Some
No
Every
i. We sell ____ stamps here. Go to the post offi ce.
Some
Every
No
Any
j. Would you like _______ more cake? It’s delicious, isn’t it?
Any
Some
No
Every
3. Fill in the gaps with somebody, anybody, nobody, 
something, anything, nothing, somewhere, anywhere 
or nowhere.
1.  I know __________ about this issue that you may fi nd 
interesting, but if I tell you, you must promise to keep it (a) 
secret.
2. __________ lives here. There is no water.
3. I spent the night __________ near the beach.
4. __________ could have jumped over this wall, and stole 
your rake. It›s very low.
5. __________ scares him. He›s very brave.
6.  There is __________ to park here. Let›s go __________ 
else to park.
7. Would you like __________ to wash your hands?.
8. May I have __________ for dessert, please?
9.  They took him __________ in London, and he never 
returned.
10. Please don›t leave __________ behind at home. We›ll be 
away for a fortnight.
11. She needs __________ to love. She›s very lonely.
12. They will not sing __________ in this city. They said that 
they would never come back.
13.  There isn›t __________ you can do to help them. 
__________ can help them.
14. We do not need __________ else to run this department. 
We can do it ourselves.
15. __________ is ringing the bell. Go and see who it is.
16. __________ phoned while we were out, but they did not 
leave a message.
17. _________ tells me that there is _________ fi shy going on .
18. They are looking for __________ to settle down and have 
children. They want to fi nd a quiet place to lead a quiet life.
19.Where would you like to stay?
 “__________ will do provided it is a clean place.”
20.Is there __________ at home?
 “I don’t think there is __________. Mum and dad must 
have gone out.”
CAPÍTULO 7 – TYPES OF QUESTIONINGLÊS
31
4. (EEAR) Choose the alternative that completes the blank. 
Some men ______ no jobs lately.
a) haven’t found
b) have found
c) doesn’t fi nd
d) has found
5. (EEAR) Choose another way of saying “There isn’t any-
thing really like that.” (EEAR)
a) There is nothing really like that. 
b) There is anything really like that. 
c) There aren’t no things really like that. 
d) There are much things really like that.
6. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase a seguir:
- “Why didn’t you buy that sweater? It was such a good off er!”
- “Because I didn’t have __________ money on me.”
a) a
b) no
c) any
d) some
e) none
7. Assinale a alternativa correta:
Those organisms pose __________ danger to human life.
a) any
b) none
c) no
d) not
e) no one
8. Assinale a alternativa correta:
Would __________ like to hear music tonight?
a) somebody
b) someone
c) anything
d) anyone
e) something
9. I do not want to stay home tonight. I want to go__________.
a) nowhere
b) somewhere
c) nowhere else
d) everywhere else
e) none
10. Assinale a alternativa correta:
Despite this violent activity, poltergeists in fact never hurt 
__________.
a) something
b) nothing
c) none
d) nobody
e) anybody
11. Escolha a alternativa que mantém o mesmo signifi cado 
de NO ONE em “no one passes or fails a TOEFL”:
a) Anybody
b) Everybody
c) Nobody
d) Somebody
e) Someone
12. Complete o diálogo:
- “Would you like __________ apples?”
- “No, thank you, I don’t want __________ apple.”
- “And you?”
- “Yes, I’d like __________.”
a) some – any – any
b) an – any – no
c) any – no – some
d) some – any – some
e) an – some – any
13.
“International Herald Tribune”, August 30, 2001.
– Mark the sentence that must be completed with
“anywhere”:
a) The manager had to go off __________ else for an ap-
pointment.
b) The dangerous dog was approaching but there was 
__________ to hide.
c) Britney says she didn’t go __________ yesterday.
d) This is part of the original castle build __________ around 
1700.
e) Have you seen my glasses? I’ve looked __________ for them.
CAPÍTULO 7 – TYPES OF QUESTION INGLÊS
32
QUANTIFIERS
A: How many books do you have?
B: I have lots of books. = I have a lot of books. = I have many 
books. =
 I have some books.
 I have a few books.
 I have few books.
 I don’t have any books. = I have no books.
HOW MANY: É a pergunta que fazemos para substantivos 
contáveis.
Bizu: How many SEMPRE é seguido de substantivos no 
plural.
Na frase afi rmativa, é comum usarmos a lot of ou lots of. 
Many é considerado muito formal. Opta-se por many nas 
frases negativas e interrogativas.
A few quer dizer poucos. É usado com substantivos 
contáveis. 
Few, entretanto, quer dizer pouquíssimos. Também é usado 
só com substantivos contáveis.
A: How much water do you drink every day?
B: I drink a lot of water = I drink lots of water. = I drink 
much water.
 I drink some water.
 I drink a little water.
 I drink little water.
 I don’t drink any water. = I drink no water.
HOW MUCH: É a pergunta que fazemos para substantivos 
incontáveis.
Bizu: How much SEMPRE é seguido por substantivos no 
singular.
Much é usado majoritariamente em frases negativas e 
interrogativas. A lot of = Lots of são mais comuns em frases 
afi rmativas.
A little = Signifi ca pouco. É usado com substantivos 
incontáveis.
Little = signifi ca pouquíssimo.Também é usado com 
substantivos incontáveis.
14. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que preen-
che corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada:
“Did you like the fi lm?”
“No, not very __________.”
“__________ was wrong with it?”
“The actors were good but the story was too sentimental.”
a) much – What
b) many – Why
c) few – When
d) little – How
e) so – Where
15. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as la-
cunas da frase a seguir:
Do politicians work __________ and earn __________ 
money?
a) little – many
b) very – much
c) much – few
d) little – much
e) hard – many
16. Assinale a alternativa correta:
It is not easy to learn a foreign language. It requires 
__________ years of study.
a) many
b) much
c) little
d) lot of
e) any
17. How __________ shoes are there in the shop windows?
a) much
b) many
c) few
d) a few
e) a lot of
18. Assinale a opção cuja frase esteja gramaticalmente cor-
reta:
a) There is fewer people at the party than Mary expected.
b) There is less people at the party than Mary expected.
c) There are less people at the party than Mary expected.
d) There are fewer people at the party than Mary expected.
e) There was less people at the party than Mary expected.
19. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase adiante:
Must you always make so __________ noise?
a) much
b) many
c) most
d) few
e) less
CAPÍTULO 7 – TYPES OF QUESTIONINGLÊS
33
20. A expressão a few numbers em “the new phones can be 
programmed to dial only a few numbers” indica:
a) número controlado.
b) grande quantidade.
c) número insufi ciente.
d) número ilimitado.
e) número incompleto.
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO
Turn! Turn! Turn!
 
The Byrds
Words-adapted from The Bible, book of Ecclesiastes
Music-Pete Seeger
To Everything (Turn, Turn, Turn)
There is a season (Turn, Turn, Turn)
And a time to every purpose, under Heaven
A time to be born, a time to die
A time to plant, a time to reap
A time to kill, a time to heal
A time to laugh, a time to weep
To Everything (Turn, Turn, Turn)
There is a season (Turn, Turn, Turn)
And a time to every purpose, under Heaven
A time to build up,a time to break down
A time to dance, a time to mourn
A time to cast away stones, a time to gather stones together
To Everything (Turn, Turn, Turn)
There is a season (Turn, Turn, Turn)
And a time to every purpose, under Heaven
A time of love, a time of hate
A time of war, a time of peace
A time you may embrace, a time to refrain from embracing
To Everything (Turn, Turn, Turn)
There is a season (Turn, Turn, Turn)
And a time to every purpose, under Heaven
A time to gain, a time to lose
A time to rend, a time to sew
A time for love, a time for hate
A time for peace, I swear it’s not too late
ANSWER-KEY:
01)
a- How high
b – How old
c – How long ago? When?
d – How far
e – How often
f – How long
g – How tall
h – How many
i – How deep
02)
a.Any
b.No
c.Any
d.Some
e.Any
f.Some
g.No
h.Any
i.No
j.Some
03)
1.something
2.Nobody 
3.Somewhere
4Anybody
5.Nothing 
6.Nowhere. Somewhere.
7.something
8.something
9.anywhere
10.anything
11.somebody
12.anywhere
13.anything. Nobody
14.anybody
15.Somebody
16.Somebody
17.Something / something
18.somewhere
19.Anywhere
20.anybody
somebody.
0 4)b
05)a
06)c
07)c
08)d
09)b
10)e
11)c
12)d
13)c
14)a
15)d
16)a
17)b
18)d
19)a
20)a
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSE INGLÊS
34
CAPÍTULO 08
PAST TENSE
SIMPLE PAST: to be
AFFIRMA-
TIVE NEGATIVE Contracti ons
INTERROGA-
TIVE
I was I was not I wasn’t Was I …….?
You were You were not You weren’t Were you …….?
He was He was not He wasn’t Was he …….?
She was She was not She wasn’t Was she …….?
It was It was not It wasn’t Was it …….?
We were We were not We weren’t Were we …….?
You were You were not You weren’t Were you …….?
They were They were not They weren’t Were they ….?
Bizu 1: Não existe forma contrata para o verbo to be na 
forma afi rmativa do Simple Past.
Bizu 2: NUNCA se usa do, does ou did com o verbo to be.
SIMPLE PAST/PAST SIMPLE
It is used to state an action that is over and cannot be re-
peated.
Brazil was discovered on April 22, 1500.
Quanto ao passado, os verbos podem ser classifi cados 
como:
“Really” Diffi cult Cases
A: Were you at home yesterday?
B: Yes, I was.
 Yes, I was at home yesterday.
 or
 No, I wasn’t.
 No, I wasn’t at home yesterday.
CAUTION!
to be born: nascer.
A: When were you born?
B: I was born on 20 December 1991.
to be afraid: ter medo de.
A: What were you afraid of at the age of 7?
B: I was afraid of spiders.
Question Tag
I was okay, WASN’T I?
He wasn’t sleeping, WAS HE?
They were working together, WEREN’T THEY?
We weren’t paying attention, WERE WE?
to fi nd found: achar
to found founded: fundar
to see saw: ver
to saw sawed: serrar
Verbos terminados em consoante + y, trocam o y por i e 
recebem –ED:
Ex: Study studied
Os verbos monossilábicos terminados em CVC (Consoante, 
Vogal e Consoante) dobram a consoante � nal e recebem –ED:
Ex: Stop Stopped
P.s.: Lembre-se de que w e y no � nal de palavras são 
considerados semi-vogais!
4.1. Verbos terminados em CVC com duas ou mais sílabas 
só dobrarão a consoante � nal se a tonicidade for na última 
sílaba.
Ex: Pre’fer Preferred.
She saw you.
I saw trees for living.
He found the keys.
They didn’t found this company. Os verbos IRREGULARES, 
como o nome já diz, não têm regra. Eles variam. A lista 
será apresentada em breve. Para eles, só há um jeito: 
memorização.
Vejamos, pois, as regras para o uso do sufi xo –ED para a 
formação da forma afi rmativa dos verbos no passado:
Base form + -ED
Ex: Play played
Listen listened
Verbos terminados em –E só recebem o –D:
Ex: Arrive Arrived
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSEINGLÊS
35
40. dwell dwelt dwelt habitar / morar
41. eat ate eaten comer
42. fall fell fallen cair
43. feed fed fed alimentar
44. feel felt felt sentir (-se)
45. fi ght fought fought lutar
46. fl ee fl ed fl ed fugir
47. fl ing fl ung fl ung arremessar
48. fl y fl ew fl own voar
49. forbid forbade forbidden proibir
50. forecast forecast forecast predizer
51. forget forgot forgotten esquecer
52. forgive forgave forgiven perdoar
53. forsake forsook forsaken abandonar
54. freeze froze frozen congelar
55. get got gotten / got conseguir
56. give gave given dar
57. go went gone ir
58. grind ground ground moer
59. grow grew grown crescer, cultivar
60. hang hung hung pendurar
61. have had had ter
62. hear heard heard ouvir
63. hide hid hidden esconder (-se)
64. hit hit hit bater, atingir
65. hold held held segurar, abraçar
66. hurt hurt hurt ferir (-se)
67. keep kept kept guardar, manter
68. know knew known saber
69. lay laid laid pôr
70. lead led led conduzir, guiar
71. lean leant/ed leant/ed encostar
72. leave left left partir, deixar
73. lend lent lent emprestar
74. let let let permitir, deixar
75. lie lay lain deitar, jazer
76. light lit lit iluminar
77. lose lost lost perder
78. make made made fazer
79. mean meant meant signifi car
80. meet met met encontrar, reunir
81. mistake mistook mistaken enganar
82. mow mowed mown/ed moer
83. pay paid paid pagar
84. quit quit quit deixar de
85. read read read ler
86. ride rode ridden montar, andar a
Bizlion 3: O verbo travel tem duas possibilidades de grafi a, 
veja abaixo:
Travel Travelled (British English)
Travel Traveled (American English)
A seguir, veja a lista dos verbos irregulares:
BASE 
FORM PAST
PAST 
PARTICIPLE TRANSLATION
1. arise arose arisen surgir
2. awake awoke awakened acordar
3. be was / were been ser, estar
4. bear bore born tolerar, suportar
5. beat beat beaten bater, derrotar
6. become became become tornar-se
7. befall befell befallen amaldiçoar
8. begin began begun começar
9. behold beheld beheld contemplar
10. bend bent bent dobrar, curvar
11. beset beset beset atormentar
12. bet bet bet apostar
13. bid bid / bade bid / bidden oferecer
14. bind boundbound amarrar, fi xar
15. bite bit bitten morder, roer
16. bleed bled bled sangrar
17. blow blew blown soprar
18. break broke broken quebrar
19. breed bred bred procriar
20. bring brought brought trazer
21. build built built construir
22. burn burnt/ed burnt/ed queimar
23. burst burst burst explodir
24. buy bought bought comprar
25. cast cast cast atirar, lançar
26. catch caught caught alcançar, pegar
27. choose chose chosen escolher
28. cling clung clung aderir a (idéia)
29. come came come vir
30. cost cost cost custar
31. creep crept crept arrastar-se
32. cut cut cut cortar
33. deal dealt dealt negociar, tratar
34. dig dug dug cavar
35. do did done fazer
36. draw drew drawn desenhar
37. dream dreamed/t dreamed/t sonhar
38. drink drank drunk beber
39. drive drove driven dirigir
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSE INGLÊS
36
133. strive strove striven esforçar-se por
134. swear swore sworn jurar, xingar
135. sweep swept swept varrer
136. swim swam swum nadar
137. swing swung swung balançar
138. take took taken pegar, tomar
139. teach taught taught ensinar
140. tear tore torn rasgar
141. tell told told dizer, contar
142. think thought thought pensar, achar
143. throw threw thrown jogar / lançar
144. thrust thrust thrust empurrar
145. tread trod trodden pisar
146. wake woke woken acordar
147. wear wore worn vestir, usar
148. weave wove woven tecer
149. wed wed wed casar (-se)
150. weep wept wept chorar
151. wet wet wet molhar
152. win won won vencer, ganhar
153. wind wound wound ventar
154. wring wrung wrung torcer / apertar
155. write wrote written escrever
AUXILIARY VERB (Did)
 
1.to form the interrogative:
Did you see “Les Miserábles”?
2.to form the negative:
I did not like “Shrek”.
 
3.answers:
A: Did you see “Smurfs 2”?
 
B: Yes, I did.
 Yes, I did saw “Smurfs 2”.
 or
 No, I didn’t.
 No, I didn’t saw the “Smurf 2”.
 
4.to avoid the repetition of the main verb.
I enjoyed Hamlet and she did, too.
 
5.Question Tag:
They worked hard, didn’t they?
6.to emphasize the main verb:
They did arrive late.
87. ring rang rung tocar, soar
88. rise rose risen subir, aumentar
89. run ran run correr
90. saw sawed sawn serrar
91. say said said dizer
92. see saw seen ver
93. seek sought sought procurar
94. sell sold sold vender
95. send sent sent enviar
96. set set set pôr, estabelecer
97. shake shook shaken balançar, agitar
98. shear sheared shorn/ sheared tosquiar / tosar
99. shed shed shed descamar/ derramar
100. shine shone shone brilhar
101. shoot shot shot atirar, disparar
102. show showed shown mostrar
103. shrink shrank shrunk encolher
104. shut shut shut fechar
105. sing sang sung cantar
106. sink sank sunk afundar
107. sit sat sat sentar (-se)
108. slay slew slain matar (literário)
109. sleep slept slept dormir
110. slide slid slid escorregar
111. sling slung slung atirar / arremessar
112. slit slit slit rachar, cortar
113. smell smelt/ed smelt/ed cheirar/ perfumar
114. sow sowed sown/ed semear
115. speak spoke spoken falar
116. speed sped sped acelerar
117. spend spent spent gastar
118. spill spilt/ed spilt/ed derramar
119. spin spun spun girar
120. spit spat / spit spat / spit cuspir
121. split split split rachar, dividir
122. spoil spoilt/ed spoilt/ed estragar
123. spread spread spread espalhar
124. spring sprang sprung pular, saltar
125. stand stood stood fi car de pé
126. steal stole stolen roubar
127. stick stuck stuck colar, tolerar
128. sting stung stung picar, furar
129. stink stank stunk feder / cheirar mal
130. stride strode stridden andar a passo largo
131. strike struck struck bater, atingir
132. string strung strung esticar
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSEINGLÊS
37
Used To
Dê uma olhada:
I studied a lot yesterday. X I studied in the morning when 
I was a child.
Em ambas as frases, observamos o verbo studied. No entan-
to, repare que a tradução dele varia nas frases. 
“Eu estudei muito ontem.”
“Eu estudava de manhã quando eu era uma criança.”
Em inglês, o Simple Past / Past Simple equivale ao Pretérito 
Perfeito e ao Pretérito Imperfeito do português. Só sabe-
mos a tradução correta de acordo com o contexto. No en-
tanto, como língua é simplifi cação, a língua inglesa criou a 
expressão Used to.
Used to (costumava)
 É usado para ações que 
aconteciam no passado e já não se repetem.
AFFIRMATIVE: I used to climb trees when I was a child.
NEGATIVE: I didn’t use to work on Sundays.
INTERROGATIVE: Did you use to drink so much coff ee?
WOULD
 Usado para substituir 
“used to”
“I used to rule the world and I would rule over the people"
 ColdPlay-Viva La Vida
PAST CONTINUOUS/PAST PROGRESSIVE
was/were + gerund (-ing)
I was studying English when the lights went off .
 Usa-se para ações que es-
tavam acontecendo no passado.
Costuma-se usar com a ideia de:
• Interrupção: “when” = by 
the time.
She was crossing the street when she was run over
 (atravessando) (foi atropelada)
• Simultaneidade: “as” = 
while.
They were reading while she was sleeping
TO BE USED TO x TO GET USED TO
To Get Used to = Acostumar-se com
To Be Used to= Estar acostumado com
I have just moved to London.
I am getting used to driving on the left.
I’m also getting used to the food and to the weather.
I have been living in London for ten years. I am used to 
driving on the left and I’m also used to the food and to the 
weather.
I am used to waking up early.
EXERCISES:
Read the text and answer the questions:
 The next famous woman writer to be considered 
is Dorothy Parker, an American poet, short story writer and 
literary critic who became famous in the early twentieth 
century for her witty but cynical observations on life. 
She got her fi rst paying job as a writer in 1916 at the age 
of twenty-three when she began working for a women’s 
magazine, and nine years later she became a contributor to 
The New Yorker and regularly had her book reviews appear 
in “Constant Reader”, a column in that magazine. 
 In addition to her magazine work, she published 
volumes of poetry and short stories with the recurrent 
themes of disappointment with life and the loss of idealism; 
these pessimistic themes, however, were presented with 
biting wit. One of her most famous observations, “Men 
seldom make passes / At girls who wear glasses”, came from 
the poem “News Item”, which was published in the volume 
Enough Rope (1926). This volume of poetry was followed by 
Sunset Gun (1928), Death and Taxes (1931), and a collection 
of short stories, Here Lies (1939). Her book reviews were 
published in 1970 in a volume entitled “Constant Reader”.
1. According to the passage, Dorothy Parker was NOT fa-
mous for:
a) Poetry
b) Humor
c) Book reviews
d) Autobiography
2. The word “observations” could best be replaced by:
a) Looks
b) Scenes
c) Views
d) Jokes
3. Dorothy Parker’s fi rst job was
a) For a women’s magazine
b) As a literary critic
c) For The New Yorker
d) As a short story writer
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSE INGLÊS
38
4. The word “pessimistic” is closest in meaning to which of 
the following? 
a) Related
b) Repeated
c) Flowing
d) Negative
5. The expression “biting wit” could best be replaced by whi-
ch of the following? 
a) Intelligence
b) Sadness
c) Sharp Humor
d) Hunger
6. Complete this story by turning the verbs in parentheses 
into the past simple:
Once upon a time there (be) three bears: huge Papa Bear, 
ordinary Mama Bear and tiny little Baby Bear. They (live) in 
a great big wood. 
One day, ordinary Mama Bear (cook) a delicious porridge 
for her family and (put) it into bowls: a huge bowl for huge 
Papa Bear, an ordinary bowl for ordinary Mama Bear and a 
tiny little bowl for tiny little Baby Bear. 
To give the porridge some time to cool down, the three 
bears (go) for a walk. 
Near the great big wood, there (live) a little girl called 
Goldilocks. 
She (be) not allowed to go into the wood. But one day, she 
(sneak)out of the house and (run) into the great big wood. 
After a while, she (come) to the house of the three bears. 
She (knock) at the door. She (look) through the windows. 
But nobody (seem) to be there. 
So, little Goldilocks (step) inside. 
In the kitchen Goldilocks (smell) the porridge. 
She (get) very hungry and (try) the porridge in the huge 
bowl - too hot. 
Then she (taste) some of the porridge from the ordinary 
bowl - too cold. 
But the porridge in the little bowl (be) just right and 
Goldilocks (eat) it all up. 
In the sitting-room, there (be) three chairs. 
Goldilocks (sit) down in the huge chair - too hard. 
She (not / like) the ordinary chair either - too soft. 
She (love) the little chair, however. But she (not / sit) on that 
one very long, as soon it (break) into pieces. 
So, Goldilocks (go) on exploring. 
In the bedroom, there (stand) the three bears’ beds. 
Goldilocks suddenly (feel) very tired. 
She (climb) onto the huge bed - too hard. 
Then she (crawl) into the ordinary bed - too soft. 
The little bed, however, (be) just right. 
So, Goldilocks (lie) down. 
And in next to no time, she (fall) asleep. 
After a while, the three bears (return) home. 
One look at their bowls and chairs and they (start) 
wondering. Something (not / be) right. 
They (come) into the bedroom. And there they (see) little 
Goldilocks in Baby Bear’s bed. 
The three bears (watch) her for a while and then they (wake) 
her up. 
Goldilocks (open) her eyes. 
She (see) the bears, (begin) to scream and as fast as she 
(can), Goldilocks (run) out of the bears’ house. 
The three bears (follow) her. 
But at the edge of the wood, the bears suddenly (stop) . 
Frightened little Goldilocks, however, (not / stop) . 
She (hurry) home to her parents. 
And she never (visit) the bears’ house again.
The Grasshopper and the Ants
A grasshopper spent the summer singing and dancing in 
the sun. One day he saw an ant hurrying by. She looked 
very tired and hot.
“Why are you working on such a lovely day?” asked
the grasshopper.
“I’m collecting food for the winter,” said the ant, and went 
on her way. She joined all the other ants carrying food to 
their store. The grasshopper sang another song and carried 
on dancing.
When the winter (1) _____ and there was snow on the 
ground, the grasshopper had nothing to eat. He was very 
hungry so, he went and asked the ants to give
him some food.
“We worked all summer to collect our food. What did you 
do?” said one of the ants.
“I (2) _____ ,” replied the grasshopper.
“Well, if you sing all summer and do no work,” said the ant, 
“then you must starve in the winter.”“then you must starve in the winter.”
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSEINGLÊS
39
7. Fill in the blanks with the suitable verb forms, respec-
tively
a) is coming / sings 
b) comes / is singing was 
c) coming / sang
d) came / was singing
8. The boy __________ a big hot dog when she __________ 
him.
a) eats / call
b) ate / calls
c) was eating / called
d) eaten / called
9. When the cat __________ the kitchen, they __________ TV.
a) entered / were watching
b) enters / is watching
c) enter / watch
d) entered / are watching
10. We went to the zoo and when I __________ pictures of 
the little monkeys, the children __________ the monkeys’ 
cage.
a) take / enters
b) took / enter
c) was taking / entered
d) were taking / entered
11. When you __________ me last night, Margareth 
__________ the house.
a) call / is leaving
b) called / live
c) will call / will be leaving
d) called / was leaving
12. I __________ just __________ Sarah some coff ee when 
I __________ and split it on the carpet. Luckily, it 
__________ on her dress and we all __________ about it.
a) is ... giving / trip / doesn’t go / laugh
b) was ... giving / tripped / didn’t go / laughed
c) will ... be giving / will trip / is going / will laugh
d) am ... giving / trip / don’t go / laugh
13. I ____________________ to London once with a friend, 
and we suddenly __________ someone throwing a hand-
ful of paper right out of the car in front of us.
a) will be drive / see
b) was driving / saw
c) am driving / will be
d) drove / would be seen
14. That bird ____________ the stars when a stone ______ it.
a) was following / hit 
b) are following / hits 
c) follows / was hitting 
d) followed / hitted
15. In the following sentences give either the simple past or 
the past continuous tense form of the verb indicated:
(Study)
1) I _______________ very hard last night.
2) I _______________ last night when you called me.
(Drive)
3) We _______________ to Philadelphia last Sunday.
4) We _______________ at about four miles an hour when 
the accident happened.
(Have)
5) We _______________ our dinner when you called.
6) We _______________ our dinner in ‘Farol da Barra’ last 
night.
(Blow)
7) The wind ________________ hard when I came to work 
this morning.
8) The wind ________________ the sign down yesterday.
(Rain)
9) It _______________ hard last night.
10) It _______________ hard when I left the offi ce at fi ve 
o’clock.
(Shine)
11) The sun _______________ brightly when I got up this 
morning.
12) The sun _______________ brightly this morning.
(Read)
13) At seven o’clock, when you called, I _________________ 
the newspaper.
14) I _______________ two books last week.
(Sleep)
15) I _______________ soundly when the phone rang.
16) I _______________ soundly last night.
(Play)
17) Mary _______________ the piano when I arrived.
18) Mary _______________ the piano for her guests.
16. Complete the text below with the correct form of the ver-
bs in brackets:
Footprints in the Sand
 One night I ____ I was walking along the beach with the 
Lord.
 Many scenes from my life flashed across the sky.
 In each scene I noticed footprints in the sand.
 Sometimes there were two sets of footprints,
 other times there were one set of footprints.
 
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSE INGLÊS
40
 This bothered me because I noticed
 that during the low periods of my life,
 when I _______ ___________ from
 anguish, sorrow or defeat,
 I could see only one set of footprints.
 
 So I said to the Lord,
 “You promised me Lord,
 that if I followed you,
 you would walk with me always.
 But I have noticed that during
 the most trying periods of my life
 there have only been one
 set of footprints in the sand.
 Why, when I needed you most,
 you have not been there for me?”
 
 The Lord replied,
 “The times when you have
 seen only one set of footprints in the sand,
 is when I carried you.”
 Mary Stevenson
a) dreamed / was suff ering
b) dreamt / were suff ering
c) dreamed / was suff erring
d) dreamed / were suff ering
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 20:
WEATHER WATCHERS
 If you want to know what the weather is going 
to be like, you should ask a plant. According to scientists, 
plants have the uncanny power to predict the weather.
 Experiments at London’s Imperial College have 
shown that plant cells react to electric current. Alerted by 
the charge in the atmosphere, they recognise that rain may 
soon be on the way and prepare their roots and leaves to 
take the maximum benefi t.
These fi ndings come six months after even more curious 
research which suggests that plants can talk – alerting each 
other to threats that are being posed by pests and viruses.
(Taken from Speak Up #131)
GLOSSARY:
uncanny = fantástico
charge = corrente elétrica
posed = apresentadas
17. (EEAR) The pronounthey in “ they recognise...” (line 7) 
refers to
a) fi ndings.
b) scientists.
c) plant cells.
d) pests and viruses.
18. (EEAR) According to the text, we conclude that
a) plants can talk to each other about the weather.
b) scientists made curious discoveries about plants.
c) plants prepare their roots and leaves to generate electric 
current.
d) researches suggest that plants can respond to pests and 
viruses.
19. (EEAR) The underlined verbs, in the text, are being used, 
respectively, in the:
a) simple past / gerund
b) simple past / infi nitive
c) past participle / gerund
d) past participle / infi nitive
20. (EEAR) “threats” is
a) a verb.
b) a noun.
c) an adverb.
d) an adjective.
Read this text and answer question 21. (EEAR – BCT)
Traveling can be a fun adventure for children. And for the 
little ones to really have a pleasant trip, parents should 
prepare themselves. Take in carry-on a coat (it’s usually 
chilly on board), extra clothes (including socks), solid and 
easy-to-store food, games and toys that they are used to 
and that don’t make noise. During take-off and landing, 
keep the children awake and off er them, according to their 
age, breast milk if they are still breastfeeding, a pacifi er, 
a bottle with water or gum to avoid the discomfort of 
pressurization.
GLOSSARY:
carry-on = bagagem de mão
chilly = frio
easy-to-store= de fácil armazenamento
breastfeeding = amamentando
pacifi er = chupeta
21. “used” and “to”, underlined in the text, are, respectively
a) an adjective / a preposition
b) an adjective / a part of the infi nitive
c) a verb in the past tense / a preposition
d) a verb in the past participle / a part of the infi nitive
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSEINGLÊS
41
Read the text and answer questions 22 to 27. (EEAR)
I’m Peter and I live int Germany. In summer I like to travel 
to Italy, because of the weather and the people there. Last 
summer I took a plane _______ Munich to Rome. From the 
airport we went to our hotel ________ bus. We stopped at 
a small restaurant for a quick meal. The driver parked the 
bus behind the restaurant. Nobody could fi nd the bus and 
the driver, so we waited outside the restaurant for an hour. 
The driver was walking through the small park near the 
restaurant that we did not know. So we were very angry 
with him. But my holidays were great.
(Adapted from the internet)
22. The correct prepositions to fi ll in the blanks are, respec-
tively:
a)for / by
b)till / with
c)from / by
d)from / on
23. All alternatives are in the comparative, except:
a)driver
b)greater
c)shorter
d)smaller
24. “We stopped at a small restaurant for a quick meal”, (lines 
5 and 6), means that they
a)had plenty of time for a meal.
b)wanted something cheap to eat.
c)had something very heavy for a meal.
d)wanted something easier and fast to eat.
25. According to the text, all the alternatives are correct, ex-
cept:
a)The passengers were nervous with the driver.
b)Everybody could see the driver but not the bus.
c)The passengers couldn’t see the bus and the driver.
d)The driver parked the bus at the back of the restaurant.
26. “Nobody”, (line 7), can be replaced by
a)no one.
b)anybody.
c)everyone.
d)any person.
27. The verbs, underlined in the text, are in the
a)simple past.
b)simple present.
c)present perfect.
d)past progressive.
Read the text and answer questions 28 to 31. (EEAR)
The US space organization, NASA developed and built
the fi rst space shuttle. The shuttle was the fi rst rocket to
fl y into space, come back to earth and fl y again. The
fi rst shuttle to fl y in space was Columbia. It took off on
the 12th April 1981. In January 1986 the shuttle
Challenger exploded at take-off . Everyone on the
shuttle died. This accident slowed down the shuttle
programme for the next six years. A new shuttle,
Endeavor, replaced Challenger in May 1992.
On 25th April 1990, NASA used the shuttle Discovery
to put the Hubble Space Telescope into space at a
distance of 512 kilometres from the earth. Hubble
travels around the earth and sends back photos of the
stars and planets.
GLOSSARY
NASA – National Aeronautics and Space Administration
28. According to the text, the fi rst space shuttle was
a) a rocket.
b) the stars.
c) the earth.
d) the telescope.
29. The nouns that correspond to the verbs in bold type, in 
the text, are, respectively:
a) take off / explorer
b) take-off / explode
c) take off / exposure
d) take-off / explosion
30. The numbers 12 th and 25 th, underlined in the text, are, 
respectively:
a) twelve / twenty-fi fth
b) twelfth / twenty-fi fth
c) twelve / twentieth-fi fth
d) twelfth / twentieth-fi ve
31. All verbs below are in the past, except:
a) died 
b) built 
c) come 
d) took off 
SUGESTÕES PARA TRADUÇÃO:
BECAUSE YOU LOVED ME
For all those times you stood by me
For all the truth that you made me see
For all the joy you brought to my life
For all the wrong that you made right
For every dream you made come true
For all the love I found in you
I’ll be forever thankful, baby
You’re the one who held me up
Never let me fall
You’re the one who saw me through
Through it all
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSE INGLÊS
42
You were my strength when I was weak
You were my voice when I couldn’t speak
You were my eyes when I couldn’t see
You saw the best there was in me
Lifted me up when I couldn’t reach
You gave me faith ‘cause you believed
I’m everything I am
Because you loved me, ooh, baby
You gave me wings and made me fl y
You touched my hand I could touch the sky
I lost my faith, you gave it back to me
You said no star was out of reach
You stood by me and I stood tall
I had your love, I had it all
I’m grateful for each day you gave me
Maybe, I don’t know that much
But I know this much is true
I was blessed because
I was loved by you
You were my strength when I was weak
You were my voice when I couldn’t speak
You were my eyes when I couldn’t see
You saw the best there was in me
Lifted me up when I couldn’t reach
You gave me faith ‘cause you believed
I’m everything I am
Because you loved me
You were always there for me, the tender wind that carried 
me
The light in the dark shining your love into my life
You’ve been my inspiration through the lies you were the 
truth
My world is a better place because of you
You were my strength when I was weak
You were my voice when I couldn’t speak
You were my eyes when I couldn’t see
You saw the best there was in me
Lifted me up when I couldn’t reach
You gave me faith ‘cause you believed
I’m everything I am
Because you loved me
You were my strength when I was weak
You were my voice when I couldn’t speak
You were my eyes when I couldn’t see
You saw the best there was in me
Lifted me up when I couldn’t reach
You gave me faith ‘cause you believed
I’m everything I am
Because you loved me
Ohhhh
I’m everything I am
Because you loved me
ANSWER-KEY
 01 – According to the passage, Dorothy Parker was NOT 
famous for:
(d)Autobiography
02 – The word “observations” could best be replaced by:
(c)Views
03 – Dorothy Parker’s fi rst job was
(a)For a women’s magazine
04 – The word “pessimistic” is closest in meaning to 
which of the following? 
(d)Negative
05 – The expression “biting wit” could best be replaced 
by which of the following? 
(c)Sharp Humor
06 -  Complete this story by turning the verbs in paren-
theses into the past simple:
 
WERE/LIVED . 
COOKED/PUT . 
WENT. 
LIVED. 
WAS/SNEAKED/RAN 
CAME. 
KNOCKED/LOOKED/SEEMED. 
STEPPED. 
SMELT. 
GOT/TRIED. 
TASTED. 
WAS/ATE. 
WERE. 
SAT. 
DIDN’T LIKE. 
LOVED/DIDN’T SHE/BROKE. 
WENT. 
STOOD. 
FELT. 
CLIMBEDS. 
CRAWLED. 
WAS. 
LAY. 
FELL. 
RETURNED. 
STARTED/WASN’T. 
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSEINGLÊS
43
CAME/SAW. 
WATCHED/WOKE. 
OPENED. 
SAW/BEGAN/COULD/RAN. 
FOLLOWED. 
STOPPED. 
DIDN’T STOP. 
HURRIED. 
VISITED. 
07 - Fill in the blanks with the suitable verb forms, respec-
tively
d. came / was singing
08. The boy __________ a big hot dog when she 
__________ him.
c) was eating / called
09. When the cat __________ the kitchen, they __________ 
TV.
a) entered / were watching10. We went to the zoo and when I __________ pictures of 
the little monkeys, the children __________ the monkeys’ 
cage.
c) was taking / entered
11. When you __________ me last night, Margareth 
__________ the house.
d) called / was leaving
12. I __________ just __________ Sarah some coff ee when I 
__________ and split it on the carpet. Luckily, it __________ 
on her dress and we all __________ about it.
b) was ... giving / tripped / didn’t go / laughed
13. I ____________________ to London once with a friend, 
and we suddenly __________ someone throwing a handful 
of paper right out of the car in front of us.
b) was driving / saw
14. That bird ____________ the stars when a stone ______ 
it.
a) was following / hit
15. In the following sentences give either the simple past or 
the past continuous tense form of the verb indicated:
(Study)
1)STUDIED.
2)WAS STUDYING.
3)DROVE.
4)WERE DRIVING.
5)WERE HAVING
6)HAD.
7)WAS BLOWING.
8)BLEW.
9)RAINED.
10)WAS RAINING.
11)WAS SHINING.
12)SHONE.
13)WAS READING.
14)READ.
15)WAS SLEEPING.
16)SLEPT.
17)WAS PLAYING.
18)PLAYED.
16 – Complete the text below with the correct form of the 
verbs in brackets:
a.dreamed / was suff ering
17 - The pronoun they in “ they recognise...” (line 7) refers to
c) plant cells.
18 - According to the text, we conclude that
b) scientists made curious discoveries about plants.
19 - The underlined verbs, in the text, are being used, re-
spectively, in the:
c) past participle / gerund
20 - “threats” is
b) a noun.
21 - “used” and “to”, underlined in the text, are, respectively
a) an adjective / a preposition 
22 – The correct prepositions to fi ll in the blanks are, respec-
tively:
c)from / by
23 – All alternatives are in the comparative, except:
a)driver
24 – “We stopped at a small restaurant for a quick meal”, 
(lines 5 and 6), means that they
d)wanted something easier and fast to eat.
25 – According to the text, all the alternatives are correct, 
except:
b)Everybody could see the driver but not the bus.
26 – “Nobody”, (line 7), can be replaced by
 a)no one.
27 – The verbs, underlined in the text, are in the
 a)simple past.
28 – According to the text, the fi rst space shuttle was
a) a rocket.
CAPÍTULO 8 – PAST TENSE INGLÊS
44
 29 – The nouns that correspond to the verbs in bold type, 
in the text, are, respectively:
d) take-off / explosion
30  – The numbers 12 th and 25 th, underlined in the text, 
are, respectively:
b) twelfth / twenty-fi fth
31 – All verbs below are in the past, except:
c) come 
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 9 – PERFECT TENSES - PRESENT PERFECTINGLÊS
45
CAPÍTULO 09
PERFECT TENSES
PRESENT PERFECT
PRESENT PERFECT
have/has + Past Participle
I have seen “The Hunger Games”
Usages:
1. Ações que começaram no passado e continuam 
no presente, podendo se estender no futuro.
ex.: Jonathan has been in the Navy since last year.
2. Ações que aconteceram no passado SEM TEMPO 
DEFINIDO e que podem ser repetidas ou mudadas.
ex.: “...Forgive our sins as we have forgiven those 
who have sinned against us...”
3. Ações recém-terminadas, em especial com o ad-
vérbio “just”.
ex.: They have just gotten married.
LOOK!
Paulo Coelho has writt en an-
other book X
Shakespeare wrote 
150 sonnets.
WHAT’S THE DIFFERENCE???
________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
REVENDO CONCEITOS: 1. I have never seen the snow. (nun-
ca a vi, mas posso ver um dia)
 2. I never saw the snow. (não tem como vê-la aqui)
 3. I have seen “Harry Potter”. (vi e posso ver de novo)
 4. I saw “Twilight”. (vi pra nunca mais ver)
O PRESENT PERFECT, POR EXPRESSAR AÇÕES RECÉM-TER-
MINADAS, PODE SER USADO APÓS O IMPERATIVO.
ex.: Look! The plane has just landed.
Key-words:
A:How long have you been married?
B:We have been married for 2 years.
 We have been married since 2013.
A:Have you ever been abroad?
B:Yes, I have already been abroad.
 No, I have never been abroad.
A:Have you fi nished reading the book yet?
B: Yes, I have already fi nished the book.
 Yes, I have just fi nished it.
 No, I have not fi nished the book yet.
We haven’t met her lately.
They have worked a lot recently.
BEEN/GONE
A: Have you heard of Sarah?
B: Yeah. She has BEEN to Italy.
A: When she did come back?
B: Just yesterday.
A: Is John at home?
B: No. He has GONE to school.
A: Okay, thanks!
B: Bye!
We’ve read a lot, HAVEN’T WE?
They haven’t arrived yet, HAVE THEY?
He’s barely shown up, HAS HE
He’s slept very much, HASN’T HE?
PRESENT PERFECT PRORESSIVE
have/has + been + -ing
I have been been living in Rio since I was born.
 It is used to focus on the action.
TAKE A LOOK!
She has been saving some money. 
She has saved £ 1,000,000.00
They have been driving for two hours.
They have driven 10 miles.
Repare! Nos pares podemos observar que o Present Perfect 
Progressive foca na ação enquanto o Present Perfect Simples 
foca no resultado.
CAPÍTULO 9 – PERFECT TENSES - PRESENT PERFECT INGLÊS
46
1. The following phrases, from the text, tell that Ronaldo is 
stopping working, except:
a)”…ending my career…”
b)”…confi rmed his retirement…”
c)”…decided to hang up his boots…”
d)”…have had a long series of injuries…”
2. The verbs, underlined in the text, are in the
a)past perfect tense.
b)simple present tense.
c)present perfect tense.
d)present perfect progressive tense.
Read the text and answer questions 03 to 05.
Aspirin destroys cancer cells
Aspirin has a growing reputation as a miracle drug. Half a 
tablet a day is known to prevent a heart attack. A new study 
_____________ doctors by showing that it can actually 
slow the growth of bowel cancer cells – and even destroy 
them. The Cancer Research Campaign is so impressed, it 
is developing aspirin or an aspirin-like compound as an 
eventual cure for bowel cancer.
(Coleção Objetivo – Livro 35)
GLOSSARY
Bowel – intestine
3. The correct verb form to fi ll in the blank is
a)is amazed
b)will amaze
c)had amazed
d)has amazed
4. Reading the text leads to the conclusion that, except:
a) aspirin reduces the risk of heart attacks.
b) aspirin decelerates the progression of bowel cancer cells.
c) the benefi ts of aspiring go beyond the cardiovascular system.
d) a dose of aspirin a day prevents people from having any 
kind of cancer.
5. All the alternatives can complete the blank, except:
“Aspirin has a growing reputation… .” implies that aspirin 
________ for its benefi ts.
a)is paid
b)is famed
c)is known
d)is praised
Read the text and answer questions 06, 07, 08 and 09.
China is banning the plastic bag
 China is joining a growing number of countries, 
states and cities taking action against plastic litter. It has 
pledged to ban the thinnest plastic bags from June, 2008. 
The bags have contributed to fl oods and health problems. 
They block drains and provide perfect, warm pools for 
mosquitoes and other insects to breed. China followed 
What’s the diff erence?
I have been teaching English since 1998.
X
I have taught English since 1998,
Na primeira a ação ainda continua acontecendo. Começou 
em 1998 e continua até hoje. Já, na segunda, a ação foi uma 
experiência vivida no passado que pode ser repetida.
PAST PERFECT
had + Past Participle
When I got home, the game had already fi nished.
 It is used to state actions which happened in the 
past before another one.
Key-words:
She had learned some English before she went to the USA.
They went on a cruise after he had proposed to her.
The fi lm had already begun when we got to the cinema.
We had just arrived home by the time it began raining.
They had had dinner when I got there.
PAST PERFECT PROGRESSIVE
had + been + “-ing”
She had been crying. Her eyes were reddish.
 It focuses on the past.
TAKE A LOOK!
 (ação)
They had been typing.
They’d typed fi ve reports.
 (resultado)
 (ação)
We had been swimming.
We had swim fi ve miles.
 (resultado)
Read the text and answer questions 01 and 02.
Ronaldo, the soccer world, confi rmed his retirement today 
at the age of 34. The Brazilian legend has decided to 
hang up his boots due to injuries and a loss of fi tness. “I’m 
ending my career as a professional soccer player. It’s been a 
beautiful, emotional, marvelous career. However, these last 
two years, I’ve had a long series of injuries, from one side to 
the other, one leg to the other, one muscle to the other,” the 
Corinthians striker said.
(Adapted from Maganews Mar 2011)
mosquitoes and other insects to breed. China followed 
CAPÍTULO 9 – PERFECT TENSES - PRESENT PERFECTINGLÊS
47
Hong Kong’s example. Hong Kong has introduced a bill to 
impose a tax on plastic bags.
 Chinese offi cials have also consulted Bangladesh, 
the fi rst large country to ban bags, in 2002. The plastic bags 
were a major cause of fl ooding. At least 40 countries, states, 
and major cities have imposed, or are considering, bans. 
For example, Rwanda and Eritrea have banned the bags 
and Tanzania has stopped all imports and manufacture 
of bags. Other countries, like Papua New Guinea, Bhutan, 
Zanzibar and Botswana, have also banned plastic bags and 
introduced taxes.
 Attitudes are also changing fast in industrialized 
countries. Ireland imposed a tax in 2002. Australia is 
planning to introduce a ban this year. San Francisco and 
Oakland in California are forcing
shops to use bags made of at least 40 percent recycled 
paper.
 The global plastics industry is estimated to make 
and distribute between 500 billion and a trillion bags a 
year. The industry has fought back against bans. It argues 
that plastics are more compact and take up less space in 
landfi lls. It says paper bags require more energy to produce. 
It also says paper bags generate more waste and burn less 
cleanly.
GLOSSARY:
to pledge = comprometer-se
drain = esgoto, cano
to impose = impor, obrigar
landfi ll = aterro sanitário
6. The opposite of “against”, underlined twice in the text, is
a) for.
b) about.
c) through.
d) towards.
7. Which verb tense , predominant in the text, talks about 
the attitudes of countries, states and cities towards plas-
tic litter?
a) simple past
b) simple present
c) present perfect
d) present continuous
8. According to the text, it isn’t correct to affi rm that
a) some countries have already banned plastic bags.
b) China has been engaged to ban plastic bag from this year.
c) the global plastics industry presented only one strong ar-
gument against bans.
d) besides fl ood, plastic bags have also contributed to some 
more problems.
9. According to the text, we conclude that
a) industries have made bags of recycled paper.
b) just a few offi cials don’t import plastic bags anymore.
c) several places are imposing or thinking about a ban on
plastic bags.
d) some countries intend to force plastic industries to distribute 
less plastic bags.
Read the article and answer questions 10 to 13..
Thick smog in China forced airlines to cancel fl ights, 
as heavy-polluting factories in Beijing were temporarily 
shut down to ease the pollution. 
 Street lamps and outlines of buildings were barely 
visible in the Chinese capital, as pedestrians donned face 
masks to guard against the smoke. The government 
advised residents to stay indoors as much as possible 
because the pollution was “severe”. 
 Thefl ight cancellations prevented the passengers 
from fl ying during the fi rst week of the country’s busiest 
period of travel, due to the Chinese New Year on February 
10. Many passengers were left waiting at the airport, as 
information was scarce. 
GLOSSARY 
smog – neblina misturada com poluição, nevoeiro com 
fumaça
10. According to the article, we can infer that heavy-pollu-
ting factories in Beijing 
a) were advised to cease operations for good. 
b) had to suspend their production because of fl ight cancella-
tions. 
c) had to stop operating for a short time in an attempt to 
reduce smog levels. 
d) were closed down because of the eff ects of industrial pollu-
tion on the population. 
11. In “Street lamps and outlines of buildings were barely vi-
sible …”, it means that they were 
a) visible only with great eff ort. 
b) not visible at all. 
c) clearly visible. 
d) highly visible. 
12. In “... pedestrians donned face masks to guard against 
the smoke.”, it means that 
a) masks had to be worn to avoid breathing deadly fumes. 
b) pedestrians had their masks on so as to stop them from 
breathing. 
c) pedestrians had to put face masks on to protect themselves 
against smoke. 
d) pedestrians were given face masks by the government owing 
to “severe” pollution in Beijing. 
CAPÍTULO 9 – PERFECT TENSES - PRESENT PERFECT INGLÊS
48
Read the text and answer questions 18 to 23.
Women in Control
 A survey__________ that British men are happy to 
let their wives make all the decisions in the home and often 
ask them to control the domestic fi nances.
 Women also take the lead in disciplining children, 
with only ten percent of men now involving themselves in 
what used to be seen as a male preserve.
 Women also dictate where to go on holiday and 
what friends to see. But when it comes to television and 
cars, men still want to rule the roost. Nearly a third of the 
men in this recent survey confessed to deciding what TV 
programs were watched, regardless of what their partners 
might want to see, and only 12 per cent of women had a say 
in buying a new family car.
( Speak up # 137)
GLOSSARY
to rule the roost – ditar as regras
18. Choose the correct verb form to fi ll in the blank.
a) will fi nd
b) has found
c) could have found
d) would have found
19. According to the text,
a) men do not respect their wives decisions.
b) only women take the lead to everything in the house.
c) there is a role confusion between husbands and wives.
d) men prefer when their wives control the domestic budget.
20. "...wives...' (line 2), have the same plural form as, except
a) life
b) shelf
c) thief
d) belief
21. “their and themselves”, underlined in the text, are res-
pectively
a) relative pronoun / objective pronoun
b) possessive pronoun / refl exive pronoun
c) refl exive pronoun / possessive adjective
d) possessive adjective / refl exive pronoun
22. Based on the text, all the statements below are correct, 
except
a) women also decide where to go on holiday.
b) British men agree that their wives make the decisions in 
the home.
c) a small percentage of women help their husbands choose 
a new family car.
d) only ten percent of women involve themselves in
disciplining children.
23. “regardless”, (line 11), is similar in meaning to
a) despite
b) besides
c) without
d) throughout
13. The last paragraph reveals that 
a) passengers usually get stuck during Chinese New Year
celebrations. 
b) the passengers were stranded at the airport because of 
fl ight cancellations. 
c) the airport gets busy for the best part of February due to 
Chinese New Year celebrations. 
d) the airlines were forced to cancel their fl ights because there 
were no more seats available. 
Read the text and answer questions 14 to 17.
 The Eiff el Tower is probably the most famous 
and distinctive building in Paris, but before I saw it for the 
fi rst time, when I was about 23, I had thought of it as an 
impressive piece of grey metal. Obviously it had been a 
contemporary design back in the nineteenth century when 
it was built, but even then, most Parisians had hated it. And 
it did nothing for me. So when I fi rst went to Paris I didn’t 
rush to visit it. Then one day the friend I was with insisted 
that we went to see it. We got out of the Metro and turned a 
corner and there it was. It was huge! What surprised me was 
that it had a colour, a kind of dull brown. Then there was 
the beauty of the iron work. It was so delicate. Look up and 
up and up and fi nally you see the top. It has no function, 
but perhaps that’s part of the attraction. I love it!
GLOSSARY:
distinctive = característico, distintivo.
14. "dull" (line 12) means
a) not interesting.
b) not beautiful.
c) not bright.
d) not clear.
15. The use of past perfect (line 3) shows
a) an indefi nite time in past.
b) that something will be done.
c) that the action is refl ected on a recent present.
d) that someone had done something when something else 
happened.
16. The pronoun “it”, underlined in the text, refers to
a) Parisians.
b) the design.
c) the building.
d) the nineteenth century.
17. Choose the alternative that completes the blank.
Some men ______ no jobs lately.
a)haven’t found
b)have found
c)doesn’t fi nd
d)has found
CAPÍTULO 9 – PERFECT TENSES - PRESENT PERFECTINGLÊS
49
SUGESTÕES DE TRADUÇÃO:
I STILL HAVEN’T FOUND WHAT I’M LOOKING FOR – U2
I have climbed the highest mountains
I have run through the fi elds
Only to be with you
Only to be with you
I have run, I have crawled
I have scaled these city walls
These city walls
Only to be with you
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
I have kissed honey lips
Felt the healing fi ngertips
It burned like fi re
This burning desire
I have spoken with the tongue of angels
I have held the hand of the devil
It was warm in the night
I was cold as a stone
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
I believe in the Kingdom Come
Then all the colours will bleed into one
Bleed into one
But yes I’m still running
You broke the bonds
And you loosed the chains
Carried the cross and
All my shame
All my shame
You know I believe it
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
But I still haven’t found what I’m looking for
“Try” – NELLY FURTADO
All I know
Is everything is not as it’s sold
but the more I grow the less I know
And I have lived so many lives
Though I’m not old
And the more I see, the less I grow
The fewer the seeds the more I sow
Then I see you standing there
Wanting more from me
And all I can do is try
Then I see you standing there
Wanting more from me
And all I can do is try
I wish I hadn’t seen all of the realness
And all the real people are really not real at all
The more I learn, the more I learn 
The more I cry, the more I cry
As I say goodbye to the way of life
I thought I had designed for me
Then I see you standing there
Wanting more from me
And all I can do is try
Then I see you standing there
I’m all I’ll ever be
But all I can do is try
Try
All of the moments that already passed
We’ll try to go back and make them last
All of the things we want each other to be
We never will be
And that’s wonderful, and that’s life
And that’s you, baby
This is me, baby
And we are, we are, we are, we are
Free
In our love
We are free in our love
ANSWER-KEY:
01 – The following phrases, from the text, tell that Ronaldo 
is stopping working, except:
d)”…have had a long series of injuries…”
02 – The verbs, underlined in the text, are in the
c)present perfect tense.
03 – The correct verb form to fi ll in the blank is
d)has amazed
04 – Reading the text leads to the conclusion that, except:
d)a dose of aspirin a day prevents people from having any 
kind of cancer.
05 – All the alternatives can complete the blank, except:
 “Aspirin has a growing reputation… .” implies that aspirin 
________ for its benefi ts.a)is paid
 06 – The opposite of “against”, underlined twice in the text, 
is
a) for.
07 – Which verb tense , predominant in the text, talks about 
the attitudes of countries, states and cities towards plastic 
litter?
c) present perfect
CAPÍTULO 9 – PERFECT TENSES - PRESENT PERFECT INGLÊS
50
21 – “their and themselves”, underlined in the text, are re-
sp ectively
d) possessive adjective / refl exive pronoun
22 – Based on the text, all the statements below are correct, 
except
c) a small percentage of women help their husbands 
choose a new family car.
23 – “regardless”, (line 11), is similar in meaning to
a) despite
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
 08 – According to the text, it isn’t correct to affi rm that
c) the global plastics industry presented only one strong 
argument against bans.
09 – According to the text, we conclude that
c) several places are imposing or thinking about a ban on 
plastic bags.
10 – According to the article, we can infer that heavy-pol-
luting factories in Beijing 
c) had to stop operating for a short time in an attempt to 
reduce smog levels. 
11 – In “Street lamps and outlines of buildings were barely 
visible …”, it means that they were 
a) visible only with great eff ort. 
12 – In “... pedestrians donned face masks to guard against 
the smoke.”, it means that 
c) pedestrians had to put face masks on to protect them-
selves against smoke. . 
13 – The last paragraph reveals that 
a) passengers usually get stuck during Chinese New Year 
celebrations. 
14 - “ dull ” (line 12) means
c) not bright.
15 - The use of past perfect (line 3) shows
d) that someone had done something when something 
else happened.
 16 - The pronoun “it”, underlined in the text, refers to
c) the building.
17 – Choose the alternative that completes the blank.
Some men ______ no jobs lately.
b)have found
18 – Choose the correct verb form to fi ll in the blank.
b) has found
19 – According to the text,
d) men prefer when their wives control the domestic bud-
get.
20 – “...wives...” (line 2), have the same plural form as, except
d) belief
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBSINGLÊS
51
CAPÍTULO 10
MODAL VERBS
ABILITY/CAPACITY
Present: can
Negative: cannot/can’t
I can speak English.
She can run fi ve miles in half an hour.
PAST: could not/couldn’t
Could they speak Russian at the age of 10?
I could swim when I was nine years old.
to be able to
to be capable of
* Both can be used in all the verbal tenses.
I can speak English. = I am able to speak English = I am ca-
pable of speaking English.
REQUEST:
MAY (FORMAL)
SHALL
COULD/MIGHT
CAN (INFORMAL)
May I talk to you, sir?
PERMISSION (only in the affi rmative form)
* Both may and might can be used.
• You might come to class wearing bermudas.
• They may arrive late for class. They have brought 
their parent’s authorization.
NECESSITY: NEED
We need to study more (Am. Eng.)
We need study more (Br. Eng.)
Advice/Suggestion
SHOULD = OUGHT TO
A: I have a headache. What should I do?
B: You should try and relax.
A: I have a stomachache. What ought to I to do?
B: You ought to see a doctor.
OBLIGATION
HAVE TO = HAVE GOT TO
We have to study more
We have got to study more.
MUST
You must shave yourself everyday if you’re a military.
every day = adverb
everyday = ajective
This is an everyday job.
* must sempre mais forte
have to → amigos (mesmo nível)
must → superior
DEDUTION;PROBABILITY; POSSIBILITY
must – 90% (demonstra muita certeza)
may – 75%
shall – 60%
can – 50%
might/could – 25%
should – 10%
can’t/ mustn’t – 0%
* The choice of Christ the Redeemer Statue should boost 
tourism.
* They must be queuing at Habib’s®.
* She shall arrive late.
* “It can’t be fl ood. It’s so sunny”
ATTENTION!
to be allowed to
= may: afi rmativa (pode, permitido)
You’re allowed to wear bermudas in here.
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBS INGLÊS
52
= mustn’t: proibição (não tem permissão)
You aren’t allowed to take pictures at some museum
to be supposed to
= must: afi rmativa (obrigação)
You are supposed to study every day.
= don’t need to: não precisa (negativa)
You aren’t supposed to write a composition every single 
day.
SHALL
1. Possibility
 They shall bring you some food.
2. Prohibition
 You shall not murder.
3. Invitations
 Only “I” and “We”
 Shall we eat out tonight?
4. Requests (pedidos)
 Shall I open the window, please?
5. Question Tag de “Let’s”
 Let’s focus on this, shall we?
EXERCÍCIOS
1. Choose the best alternative to have the paragraph com-
pleted correctly.
The stepmother smiled and said: “Of course you ___ go, 
Cinderella. If you ____ your work fi rst and if you _____ a 
dress to wear.”
a)may – do – have
b)could – was – bought
c)might – are doing – lend
d)ought to – would fi nish – washed
Read the text and answer question 02.
 The 7 New Wonders of the World were announced 
at a ceremony in Lisbon, Portugal, ___ 07-07-07 and the 
Statue of Christ the Redeemer, in Rio de Janeiro, is one of 
them.
 Since 2001 over 100 million people worldwide 
voted ___ their favorite monuments by telephone and 
___ the Internet. The Statue of Christ was the third-most 
voted. It is 38 meters tall and took fi ve years to be built. It 
is on top of the hill, Corcovado, and was opened in 1931. 
The inclusion of the Statue of Christ amongst the New 7 
Wonders of the World should boost tourism in Brazil.
 The Ministry of Tourism believes that over the 
next few years ____ 250,000 new jobs will be created in the 
tourism sector.
(Adapted from a Maganews Article)
GLOSSARY:
To boost = impulsionar
Amongst = entre, no meio de
2. The modal “should”, underlined in the text, is being used 
as
a)advice
b)request
c)permission
d)expectation
Read the joke and answer the question.
Teacher: “Johnny, how can you prove the world is round?”
Johnny: “I never said it was, miss.”
3. The modal verb, underlined in the dialog, expresses
a) ability.
b) advice.
c) possibility.
d) permission.
Read the text and answer questions 04 and 05.
Diff erent ways of talking
 Both Joy and Tommy are growing up inthe culture 
of the United States. They are learning what it means to 
be a girl and a boy in this culture. Their sex at birth, female 
or male, is now becoming a gender – a way of thinking, 
speaking, and acting that is considered feminine or 
masculine. Each culture has its own way of defi ning gender, 
and very early in life gender becomes a basic part of a 
person’s identity.
 In the United States and Canada, boys and girls 
usually play in the same sex groups. Boys play in large 
groups in which every boy knows his place. Some are 
leaders; others are followers. Many boys like to get attention 
by boasting, or talking how well they can do things.
 Girls, on the other hand, usually play in smaller 
groups. They may be interested in playing fairly and taking 
turns. For example, when jumping rope, the rope-holders 
always take their turn jumping.
 Dr.Tannen, a professor at Georgetown University, 
has found that these diff erences are refl ected in the ways 
that children use language while they play. Boys often use 
commands when they talk to each other while girls use the 
form “let’s” when they want to express their preferences, 
emphasizing the fact that all of them belong to the same 
group.
 These diff erences seem to be part of growing up 
in the culture of the United States. If men and women can 
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBSINGLÊS
53
understand that many of their diff erences are cultural, not 
personal, they may be able to improve their relationships 
and understand that there is more than one way to 
communicate.
4. In the sentence “Can you hand me the rope?”, can express-
es
a) ability.
b) request.
c) permission.
d) possibility.
5. “They may be interested in playing fairly...”, (line 17), 
means that they
a) jump rope quite well.
b) believe in fairy godmothers.
c) enjoy playing in small groups.
d) like to play in a way that is honest.
Read the text and answer question 06.
How horses can sleep standing up and not fall over?
 Most of us need eight hours sleep a night. Horses 
can get by with only half that amount – and unlike us they 
are able to fall asleep standing up, without falling over!
 In the wild, horses are prey to wolves and other 
animals. Lying down, they are much more vulnerable than 
they are standing up. So over millions of years their bodies 
have developed a way of staying upright even when they 
are asleep. Although most horses no longer live in the wild, 
they can still fall asleep as their ancestors used to.
 The reason they are able to do this is a unique 
system of ligaments – the cords which bind bones 
together. A horse’s ligaments act like a sling over its whole 
body. These can lock its joints into a fi xed position, so it can 
stand upright without any conscious muscular eff ort while 
it sleeps. It is a pity human beings have not developed a 
way of doing this. It could be very handy for long queues or 
travelling on crowded trains!
GLOSSARY:
prey: presa
(to)bind: atar; ligar; amarrar
sling: ligadura
like: como
queue: fi la
 
6. “are able to”, (line 12), can be replaced by
a) can.
b) may.
c) could.
d) should.
Read the cartoon and answer question 07:
7. According to the cartoon,
a) the daughter was worried about her mother.
b) the mother didn’t know what her daughter wanted.
c) the mother wanted her daughter to be more respectful.
d) neither the girl nor the mother knew what they wanted.
Read the extract and answer question 08.
 Chandra is a dentist in Texas. She is from India.” I’m 
afraid to try new foods because they might contain beef.
 I’m a Hindu, and my religion forbids me to eat 
meat from the cow. That’s why I can’t eat hamburgers or 
spaghetti with meatballs.”
8. The modal verb, underlined in the extract, expresses
a) advice.
b) ability.
c) possibility.
d) permission.
Read the text and answer question 09.
Tongue Studs Cause Infections
 The British Dental Association has reported that 
the tongue studs used in tongue piercing cause infections, 
orthodontic problems and speech impediments. 
__________, studs are at risk of being swallowed or inhaled 
if they become loose, not to mention causing tongues to 
become swollen, which then interferes with breathing 
in some cases. The Association also warned that non-
sterilized equipment could lead to HIV and hepatitis.
GLOSSARY:
studs: pinos
9. A similar meaning to “could”, (line 8), is
a) may.
b) must.
c) have to.
d) ought to.
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBS INGLÊS
54
Read the dialogue and answer question 10.
The following dialogue takes place between two native 
speakers of English in the lower airspace in the vicinity of 
a major airport.
Two aircraft __________ towards the airfi eld:
Pilot – Fox Charlie speaking.
Who’s ahead ... us or Golf Yankee?
Controller – Well... you’re neck and neck.
Pilot – We can keep a high speed in the descent if you want 
us to.
Controller – I don’t know how the TMA are going to plan 
this. You can if you wish.
Pilot – You’re the boss.
Controller – Well they’ll be the boss when you get down 
there. I’m just sort of keeping you apart for the moment.
Pilot – Understood.
GLOSSARY:
vicinity = proximidade
Fox Charlie = nome da aeronave
Golf Yankee = nome da aeronave
TMA = refere-se ao órgão de controle de tráfego aéreo
10. In “We can keep a high speed in the descent if you want 
us to.”, we can infer that the pilot is
a) asking if the descent speed is correct.
b) complaining about the descent speed.
c) warning the controller about the descent speed.
d) saying that he is willing to maintain a high speed under the 
controller’s authorization.
Read the dialog and answer question 11.
Doing things
Evan: Hey, Chloe. What are you doing?
Chloe: I’m drawing a picture for the story I wrote in school 
today.
Evan: Oh, yeah? Terrifi c. Can I see it? It’s very pretty. I like 
the colors.
Chloe: Thanks, Dad.
Evan: Chloe, go look in the kitchen. Is Mom _____ coff ee?
Chloe: Uh, no, Daddy, she’s still _______ the dishes.
Evan: Oh. I guess I can wait a few minutes. I have to make 
a call.
Chloe: Are you calling Grandma?
Evan: No. It’s a business call.
(Taken from American Streamline)
GLOSSARY
to guess - achar, imaginar
11. In ”Can I see it?”, (line 4), the modal verb “can” gives us 
an idea of
a) ability.
b) obligation.
c) permission.
d) probability.
12. Fill in the blank with the suitable option:
“… a customs duty of 50% shall be levied on the exceeding 
amount.”, (lines 14 and 15), leads to the conclusion that a tax 
__________ be charged by customs when a traveler exceeds 
the purchase ceiling.
a)may
b)won’t
c)might
d)has to
Read the paragraph and answer question 13.
Angry Birds
Angry Birds are fat and round. Angry Birds cannot fl y. But 
Angry Birds are superstars. Millions of people around the 
world are addicted to them. It’s the number one game for 
smartphones.
(Adapted from Speak Up #295)
GLOSSARY:
Addicted to – viciado em
13. The affi rmative form of the underlined modal verb, in the 
paragraph, expresses:
a) obligation
b) necessity
c) advice
d) ability
Read the dialog and answer question 14.
A: Sorry I arrived late, Mr. Bloom. I had some car trouble this 
morning.
B: No problem, Kathy. Try to be here on time tomorrow.
A: Thanks, Mr. Bloom.
14. In “Try to be here on time tomorrow.”, the sentence 
means that she _______________.
a) should arrive on the dot.
b) mustn’t arrive on time.
c) might arrive earlier.
d) can’t arrive late.
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBSINGLÊS
55
Read the text and answer question 15.
The food that everyone loves
 Several studies in recent years have found 
that chocolate could be more benefi cial than harmful. 
It can be bad for you if you overdo it: in this case, it can 
trigger migraines or digestive disorders, besides making 
you fat. Doctors and nutritionists recommend that daily 
consumption should not exceed 50 grams. The good thing 
about chocolate, especially dark chocolate, is that it has 
a high level of substances called fl avonoids, which help 
reduce the risk of heart disease. Besidesbeing delicious,chocolate is nutritious because it contains vitamins A, B, C, 
D and E, and minerals – such as iron and phosphorus.
15. In “It can be bad for you if you overdo it…”, the text sug-
gests that chocolate
a) could cause deadly diseases
b) may help people lose weight
c) can be harmful to people over a certain age
d) should not be consumed in large quantities every day.
Read the text and answer question 16.
Smart traveler, expert opinion about the airport
 The fi rst piece of advice is, people should always 
carry a good book. It helps to pass the time as you wait 
for your delayed fl ight. Don’t forget to take a sweater or 
a jacket on the plane. It can get very cold on a long night 
fl ight. And then there is airline food. Take a snack (cookies 
or fruit) with you. Sometimes the food is late, sometimes 
it doesn’t arrive at all, and it’s never very good.
16. In “…people should always carry a good book”, should 
is used to
a) give an order.
b) show surprise.
c) ask for permission.
d) give a pice of advice.
Read the text and answer question 17.
 During a two-day referendum last week, the people 
of the Falkland Islands (known in Brazil as “Malvinas”) voted 
overwhelmingly to remain a British overseas territory. 
 Shortly after the referendum result, David 
Cameron, the British Prime Minister, said that Argentina 
must respect the wishes of the Falkland islanders.
 “They want to remain British and that view should 
be respected by everybody, including by Argentina”, Mr. 
Cameron said. 
 (Adapted from www.telegraph.co.uk) 
GLOSSARY 
overwhelmingly – em uma maioria esmagadora; em uma 
grande maioria 
17. In “...Argentina must respect the wishes of…”the underli-
ned word can be replaced by 
a) would like to. 
b) is likely to. 
c) is able to. 
d) needs to. 
Read the text and answer question18.
EARPRINTS
 First there were fi ngerprints, then came DNA 
profi ling to aid the police in fi nding criminals. And now 
we’ve gone one step further still: earprints. British police 
have begun putting together a database of criminal’s 
earprints.
 Just like fi ngerprints, no two ear lobe prints 
are exactly the same, and earprints can be found with 
remarkable ease at many crimes sites. Unwary burglars 
often leave an earprint when
 listening at windows and doors before they 
commit their crime.
 Roger Summers, head of Derbyshire Police’s 
scientifi c support unit, admits that it is not foolproof. 
“Nobody has been convicted purely on earprint evidence. It 
may be that earprints will not stand up in court in the same 
way as fi ngerprints, but they could be useful corroborative 
evidence,” he says.
(Taken from Speak Up # 134)
GLOSSARY:
lobe = lóbulo
remarkable = notável
unwary = descuidado
foolproof = infalível
corroborative = corroborative
18. The modal verbs, underlined in the text, are expressing, 
respectively:
a) possibility / ability
b) permission / advice
c) deduction / possibility
d) possibility / possibility
19. Research shows that sunscreens may not be as eff ective 
as hoped at preventing sunburn. Users may be spend-
ing long hours in the sun with a false sense of security. 
– The word MAY expresses the idea of:
a) permission.
b) possibility.
c) prohibition.
d) obligation.
e) expectation.(Adapted from www.telegraph.co.uk) 
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBS INGLÊS
56
20. He __________ avoid __________ mistakes.
a) ought – making
b) must – make
c) shall – make
d) needs – make
e) should – making
21. __________ we conclude, in line with the opinions of 
some scholars, that black Nigerians are genetically more 
intelligent than Europeans?
– Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que preenche 
corretamente a lacuna do texto:
a) Have
b) Are
c) Can
d) Is
e) Had
22. Assinale a alternativa correta:
We __________ hurry. The bus leaves in 10 minutes.
a) can
b) must
c) do
d) did
e) would 
23. “_ Excuse me, sir. __________ you tell me the time?”
 “_ Sure, it’s 5:20.”
a) May
b) Do
c) Can
d) Have
e) Shall
Read the dialogue and answer questions 24 and 25. 
Child: Mom, uncle Tom looks so sleepy and tired. 
Mom: He may have stayed up all night. 
24. “May”, in bold type in the dialogue, expresses 
a) impossibility. 
b) possibility. 
c) permission. 
d) certainty. 
25. “So”, underlined in the text, is closest in meaning to 
a) such 
b) much 
c) many 
d) very
SUGESTÃO PARA TRADUÇÃO
SKATER BOY – AVRIL LAVIGNE
He was a boy, she was a girl
Can I make it anymore obvious?
He was a punk, she did ballet
What more can I say?
He wanted her, she’d never tell
Secretly she wanted him as well
And all of her friends stuck up their nose
They had a problem with his baggy clothes
He was a skater boy, she said “see you later boy”
He wasn’t good enough for her
She had a pretty face
But her head was up in space
She needed to come back down to earth
Five years from now, she sits at home
Feeding the baby, she’s all alone
She turns on tv, guess who she sees?
Skater boy rockin’ up MTV
She calls up her friends, they already know
And they’ve all got tickets to see his show
She tags along, stands in the crowd
Looks up at the man that she turned down
He was a skater boy
She said “see you later boy”
He wasn’t good enough for her
Now he’s a superstar
Slammin’ on his guitar
Does your pretty face see what he’s worth?
He was a skater boy
She said “see you later boy”
He wasn’t good enough for her
Now he’s a superstar
Slammin’ on his guitar
Does your pretty face see what he’s worth?
Sorry girl, but you missed out
Well, tough luck, that boy’s mine now
We are more than just good friends
This is how the story ends
Too bad that you couldn’t see
See the man that boy could be
There is more than meets the eye
I see the soul that has in inside
He’s just a boy and I’m just a girl
Can I make it anymore obvious?
We are in love, haven’t you heard
How we rock each others world?
CAPÍTULO 10 – MODAL VERBSINGLÊS
57
’m with the skater boy
I said “see you later boy”
I’ll be backstage after the show
I’ll be at the studio
Singing the song we wrote
About the girl you used to know
I’m with the skater boy
I said “see you later boy”
I’ll be backstage after the show
I’ll be at the studio
Singing the song we wrote
About the girl you used to know
ANSWER-KEY
01 – 
a)may – do – have
02 -  
d)expectation
03 – 
a) ability.
04 – In the sentence “Can you hand me the rope?”, can
expresses
b) request.
05 – “They may be interested in playing fairly...”, (line 17), 
means that they
d) like to play in a way that is honest.
 06 – “are able to”, (line 12), can be replaced by
a) can.
Read the cartoon and answer question 07:
07 - According to the cartoon,
c) the mother wanted her daughter to be more respectful.
 08 - The modal verb, underlined in the extract, expresses
c) possibility.
09- A similar meaning to “could”, (line 8), is
a) may.
10 – In “We can keep a high speed in the descent if you 
want us to.”, we can infer that the pilot is
d) saying that he is willing to maintain a high speed under 
the controller’s authorization.
11 - In ”Can I see it?”, (line 4), the modal verb “can” gives us 
an idea of
c) permission.
12 - Fill in the blank with the suitable option:
d)has to
13 - The affi rmative form of the underlined modal verb, in 
the paragraph, expresses:
d.ability
14 - In “Try to be here on time tomorrow.”, the sentence 
means that she_______________.
a)should arrive on the dot.
15 – In “It can be bad for you if you overdo it…”, the text sug-
gests that chocolate
d)should not be consumed in large quantities every day.
 16 – In “…people should always carry a good book”, should 
is used to
d) give a pice of advice.
 17 – In “...Argentina must respect the wishes of…”the un-
derlined word can be replaced by 
d) needs to. 
 18 - The modal verbs, underlined in the text, are express-
ing, respectively:
d. possibility / possibility
19 – b
20 – e
21 -c
22 – b
23 – a
24 – b
25 - d
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 11 – FUTURE IN ENGLISH INGLÊS
58
CAPÍTULO 11
FUTURE IN ENGLISH
Future in English
I. will/shall
II. to be + going to
III. Present Continuous
IV. Simple Present
I. will
 Contraction: ‘ll
 will not: won’t
1. Instant Decision
A: It’s hot in here.
B: Yeah! I will turn the air conditioning down.
2. Distant Future
Will mankind continue existing by 3016?
3. Unlikely Future
Look at the sky! There are few clouds. I think it will rain
shall (shan’t)
 No inglês britânico, shall é sinônimo de will e só é usado 
para “I” e “We”.
1. Instant Decision
A: It’s cold in here.
B: Yeah! I shall make you some tea.
2. Distant Future
Shall we continue working for BAF up to 2050?
3. Unlikely Future
I shall visit my family next month
II. to be + going to
 Informally: going to = gonna
1. Planed Future
They are going to travel next weekend.
2. Close Future
What are you going to do next weekend?
3. Likely Future
They are driving so recklessly that they are going to cause a 
car crash.
III. Present Continuous
 * expressing a future idea
 They are visiting us next week.
 It is used to express a future idea when all the details 
are planned.
 It isn’t used to talk about reports events or natural 
phenomeno.
TAKE A LOOK!
 Mary will get married in December.decisão instantânea
 Mary is going to get married in December.não tem nada 
certo. não está 100% decidido
 Mary is getting married in December.0% de chance de não 
acontecer. é só esperar
IV. Simple Present Expressing a Future Idea
expressing a future idea
Lola Palooza starts this weekend.
The plane takes off at 5:00 a.m. next month.
Simple Present no futuro somente para eventos
CONDITIONAL
WOULD
Contraction: ‘d
Negative: would not = wouldn’t
Usages:
01 – Off ers:
Would you like some wine?
02 – To soften the language:
I would love to talk to you.
03 – Hypothetical conditions in the present.
If I had £50,000, I would buy a new TV set.
04 – Quite formally, used to can be replaced by would.
I would play in the streets when I was a kiddo.
P.s.: Had e Would possuem a mesma contração: ‘d
Atente para o seguinte:
Would + Base Form
I’d go to England if I had some extra money.
Had + Past Participle
I’d had dinner when she arrived.
EXERCISES
1. Assinale a alternativa que preenche a lacuna da frase a se-
guir corretamente:
He will __________ almost everything you ask him.
a) do
b) to do
c) doing
d) does
e) did
CAPÍTULO 11 – FUTURE IN ENGLISHINGLÊS
59
2. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a la-
cuna da frase adiante:
I’ll __________ soccer this afternoon.
a) playing
b) played
c) to play
d) play
e) plays
3. That’s exactly what you __________ experience aboard 
the high speed Eurostar passenger train.
A lacuna do texto é corretamente preenchida por:
a) are
b) had
c) does
d) go
e) will
4. Indicate the correct alternative:
Julia isn’t going to London. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ you go -
ing__________?
a) Aren’t – either
b) Aren’t – too
c) Are – neither
d) Are – either
e) Are – too
5. Qual das expressões sublinhadas a seguir NÃO indica ex-
pectativa/ação futura?
a) Democrats hope to capitalize on public disenchantment
with the Bush energy plan.
b) Who shall run the program – the Medicare system or
states and private insures?
c) A fast-track bill without provisions to protect the
environment or international labor standards will face
trouble.
d) They expect a fi ght if Daschle concludes that the White
House is trying to pack the judiciary with conservative
activists.
e) They expect a fi ght if Daschle concludes that the White
House is trying to pack the judiciary with conservative
activists.
6. “I don’t think”. Coloque na forma positiva e no tempo fu-
turo:
a) I do think.
b) I am thinking.
c) I think.
d) I won’t think.
e) I’ll think.
7. In the sentence “For the fi rst time in human history, early 
in the next millennium, there will be more people living 
in cities than on the rest of the planet”, the future form is 
used to express a prediction. In which of the alternatives 
below is the future form used to express a similar idea?
a) Will someone help me with the luggage?
b) It will snow heavily in two days’ time.
c) If it rains, the match will be cancelled.
d) Don’t worry. I’ll watch your dog carefully.
e) Waiter, I’ll have some salad for lunch.
8. Na frase “You’ll fi nd some monster savings on books at 
amazon.co.uk”, a forma verbal em YOU’LL indica:
a) hábito.
b) futuro.
c) necessidade.
d) permissão.
e) vontade.
9. I’m sorry, but I __________ able to meet you for lunch to-
morrow.
a) haven’t been
b) can’t be
c) don’t be
d) won’t be
e) wasn’t
10. You and I __________ together if we don’t want to fail at 
the admission exam this year.
a) will to study
b) shall not to study
c) shall study
d) will not to study
e) won’t study
11. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase a seguir:
- “What __________ to do when you get to Rio?”
- “I don’t know yet.”
a) are you going
b) were you
c) did you
d) do you
e) you go
12. Choose the correct alternative:
A: Brrr. Who turned up the air conditioner? It’s really cold
in here. My nose and my fi ngers are cold.
B: I __________ you a hot cup of tea.
A: Thanks. That sounds good.
a) will bring
b) won’t bring
c) will not break
d) will break
e) won’t break
CAPÍTULO 11 – FUTURE IN ENGLISH INGLÊS
60
13. Read the following sentence: They’re going to have a 
baby in the spring.
– It expresses something that:
a) is not probable to take place.
b) was not planned or expected.
c) suddenly happened.
d) is certain or expected to happen.
e) will not happen without planning.
14. Assinale a alternativa correta:
I did not think she __________ come.
a) was
b) were
c) would
d) don’t
e) doesn’t
15. Em “If there were no cracks glass would be stronger than 
steel”, a forma verbal “would be” signifi ca:
a) será.
b) foi.
c) seria.
d) teria sido.
e) é.
16. Complete the following sentence correctly:
If I won a lottery I __________ around the world.
a) travel
b) traveled
c) will travel
d) would travel
e) am traveling
17. Considere a imagem a seguir:
Qual seria o correspondente, no passado, de “if I ever
catch” and “I’ll wash”?
a) If I ever were to catch – I’ll wash
b) If I ever caught – I’d wash
c) If I ever would catch – I washed
d) If I ever caught – I’d have washed
e) If I had ever caught – I would wash
18. If people were honest, they __________ buy fake produc-
ts.
a) would
b) did
c) won’t
d) wouldn’t
e) don’t
19. In “If not for a girl named Kitty Wu, I probably would have 
starved to death”, the form would have starved indicates
a) habit long acquired.
b) condition in the future.
c) permission granted.
d) possibility in the past.
e) obligation in the present.
20. Life is so dull! I __________ anything interesting happen 
to me in ages!
a) had
b) have not
c) have had
d) don’t have
e) haven’t hadSUGESTÕES PARA TRADUÇÃO
TEARS IN HEAVEN – ERIC CLAPTON
Would you know my name
If I saw you in Heaven?
Will you be the same
If I saw you in Heaven?
I must be strong
And carry on
‘Cause I know I don’t belong
Here in Heaven
Would you hold my hand
If I saw you in Heaven?
Would you help me stand
If I saw you in Heaven?
I’ll fi nd my way
Through night and day
‘Cause I know I just can’t stay
Here in Heaven
Time can bring you down
Time can bend your knees
Time can break your heart
Have you begging please
Begging please
Beyond the door
There’s peace
I’m sure
And I know there’ll be no more
CAPÍTULO 11 – FUTURE IN ENGLISHINGLÊS
61
Tears in Heaven
Would you know my name
If I saw you in Heaven?
Will you be the same
If I saw you in Heaven?
I must be strong
And carry on
‘Cause I know I don’t belong
Here in Heaven
‘Cause I know I don’t belong
Here in Heaven
I’LL STAND BY YOU – THE PRETENDERS
Oh, Why you look so sad?
Tears are in your eyes
Come on and come to me now
Don’t be ashamed to cry
Let me see you through
Cause I’ve seen the dark side too.
When the night falls on you
You don’t know what to do
Nothing you confess
could make me love you less
I’ll stand by you
I’ll stand by you
Won’t let nobody hurt you
I’ll stand by you
So,
If you´re mad, get mad
Don’t hold it all inside
Come on and talk to me now
But hey, what you’ve got to hide
I get angry too
But I’m a lot like you
When you’re standing at the crossroads
Don’t know which path to choose
Let me come along
Cause even if you’re wrong...
I’ll stand by you
I’ll stand by you
Won’t let nobody hurt you
I’ll stand by you
Take me in into your darkest hour
And I’ll never desert you
I’ll stand by you
And when,
When the night falls on you baby
You´re feeling all alone
You won’t be on your own
I’ll stand by you
I’ll stand by you
Won’t let nobody hurt you
I’ll stand by you
Take me in into your darkest hour
And I’ll never desert you
I’ll stand by you
I’ll stand by you
Won’t let nobody hurt you
I’ll stand by you
Won’t let nobody hurt you
I’ll stand by you
I’ll stand by you
Won’t let nobody hurt you
I`ll stand by you
ANSWER-KEY
01 -A 
02 - D 
03 - E
04 - A 
05 - E 
06 - E 
07 - B 
08 - B 
09 - D 
10 - C 
11 - A 
12 - A 
13 - D
14 - C 
15 - C 
16 - D 
17 - B 
18 - D 
19 - D 
20 - E
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 12 – PASSIVE VOICE INGLÊS
62
CAPÍTULO 12
PASSIVE VOICE
PASSIVE VOICE:
Active Voice I wash the car every Sunday.
Passive Voice The car is washed by me 
every Sunday.
STRUCTURE:
SUBJECT + VERB TO BE + PAST PARTICIPLE OF THE MAIN 
VERB.
 Como podemos observar, a Voz Passiva do inglês, 
em geral, segue a mesma regra da do português. 
 O agente da passiva, sempre será expresso pela 
preposição “By”, nunca pela “For”. Veja o porquê:
The car is washed by me. (Eu o lavei).
The car is washed for me. (Alguém o lava para eu o usar.)
Veja esta questão da AFA-2010:
107 – The passive voice of the sentence “He is now testing 
the theory…” (line 15) is:
a) Now the theory was being tested by him.
b) The theory was now tested.
c) The theory is being tested now.
d) He tested the theory.
O gabarito é letra “C”. Por quê? Vejamos! É simples!!!
 Como sabemos, o objeto da voz ativa (the 
theory) vira o sujeito da voz passiva (The theory); o verbo 
principal (to test) passa para o particípio passado (tested) e 
acrescentamos o verbo to be no tempo verbal da voz ativa 
(present continuous) (is + being). Omitimos o agente da 
passiva por não ser essencial à interpretação.
A DIFFICULT SITUATION:
Turn this sentence into the passive voice:
My brother gave Bruna a bunch of fl owers.
Option 1: A bunch of fl owers was given to Bruna by my 
brother.
Option 2: Bruna was given a bunch of fl owers by my 
brother.
Em princípio, fi camos surpresos ou, quiçá, incomodados 
com a segunda opção. Por quê? Porque esta segunda 
estrutura nunca é usada no português. 
No inglês, é possível transformar também o OBJETO 
INDIRETO para sujeito da voz passiva. Isto acontece, 
sobretudo, com os seguintes verbos: 
To give, to buy, to show, to lend, to tell and to teach.
Tais verbos podem ter duas estruturas:
Give someone something.
Give something to someone.
Quando o objeto indireto (someone) vem na frente, 
omitimos a preposição. Contudo, quando ele vem após o 
objeto direto virá, pois, preposicionado.
EXERCISE
1. They are asking some questions. The passive voice is:
a) Some questions are being asked 
b) Some questions ask they
c) They are asked
d) They ask some questions
2. Maggy is selling her apartment. The passive voice is:
a) Her apartment is selling
b) Is selling her apartment
c) Maggy’s apartment is being sold
d) The apartment of Maggy sold
3. People buy food everywhere. The passive voice is:
a) Food people buy
b) Food is bought everywhere
c) Everywhere is bought food
d) People everywhere bought food
4. They consider that he made a mistake. The passive voice 
is:
a) A mistake is considered to be made
b) It is considered that he mistaken
c) It is considered the mistake he made
d) The mistake was made
5. They suppose that she is in trouble. The passive voice is:
a) She supposes that she is in trouble
b) She is supposed to be in trouble
c) It is supposed to be in trouble
d) They are supposed in trouble
6. Somebody is stealing my bicycle.The passive voice is:
a) Somebody the bicycle is stolen
b) My bicycle is being stolen
c) Somebody’s bicycle is being stolen
d) They stole somebody’s bicycleEm princípio, fi camos surpresos ou, quiçá, incomodados 
CAPÍTULO 12 – PASSIVE VOICEINGLÊS
63
7. Paul always sent her fl owers.The passive voice is:
a) Flowers are always sent her by Paul
b) She was always sent fl owers by Paul
c) She always sent fl owers
d) Flowers was sent always
8.They were asking some questions. The passive voice is:
a) Some questions are asked 
b) Some questions were being asked
c) They are asked
d) They ask some questions
9. Maggy’s apartment was being sold. The active voice is: 
a) Her apartment was selli ng
b) Maggy was selling her apartment.
c) Is selling her apartment
d) The apartment of Maggy sold
10. Food is bought everywhere. The active voice is:
a) Food people buy
b) Food is bought everywhere
c) People buy food everywhere
d) People everywhere bought food
11. It was considered that he made a mistake The active voi-
ce is:
a) The mistake is considered to be made
b) It was considered the mistake he made
c) The mistake was made
d) They considered that he made a mistake
12. She was told a lie. The active voice is:
a) She told a lie.
b) Somebody told her a lie
c) It is supposed that told her a lie
d) They are supposed to tell her a lie
13. Some trees were planted. The active voice is:
a) They were planting some trees
b) It was planted some trees
c) He planted some trees
d) They are planting some trees.
Read the text and answer the question 14
 The fi rst roller skates were made in 1760 by 
Joseph Merlim, a Belgium musician. He worked hard on 
his invention. People at a dance couldn’t believe it when 
Merlin arrived on his roller skates playing the violin.
 Unfortunately his skates hadno breaks so he 
couldn’t stop; he went straight across the dance fl oor and 
crashed into a large mirror. Both the mirror and the violin 
were broken, and Merlim badly hurt. It was the last time 
anyone tried roller-skating for another hundred years.
(Something to Read – Cambridge University Press)
GLOSSARY:
Unfortunately = infelizmente
Go straight across = ir direto a/ao
Crash = bater, colidir.
14. What’s the active voice for “The fi rst roller skates were 
made in 1760 by Joseph Merlim”.
 Joseph Merlim _____ the fi rst skates in 1760.
a) made
b) makes
c) has made
d) was making
Read the extract and answer question 15
 Almost three-fourths of the earth is under the 
ocean. Until a few years ago, people did not know what the 
ocean bottom was like.
 The ocean bottom is diff erent from what we 
thought. After World War I scientists made a new machine. 
This machine told them what the bottom of the ocean was 
like. The machine told how deep the ocean is in each place. 
For a long time many people thought the ocean bottom 
was fl at. Now we know that there are large mountains and 
deep holes in the ocean bottom.
15. What’s the passive voice for “After World War I scientists 
made a new machine.”
After World War I a new machine _____________.
a) is made
b) was made
c) has been made
d) had been made
Read the text and answer question 16.
 I’m growing my beard a bit longer but it’s getting 
wiry and bushy. Do you know of any products to keep a 
gentleman’s beard in good condition?
MATT, BY E-MAIL
 Many in the cosmetic industry are thinking up 
ways to make shaving a more pleasurable process. A key 
part ___ this is softening the beard, making it so that the 
hairs themselves are less brittle and tough to cut. Items 
from this new generation of products are often applied 
overnight, so that by the morning the beard feels soft and 
lovely.
 Stop, stop, stop! Do you see those words ___ the 
end of the last paragraph? “The beard feels soft and lovely.” 
A new product out next month, Skin Diff erence __________ 
Clarins (08000363558, www.clarins.co.uk), is an overnight 
anti-ageing cream that also works ___ the skin’s surface to 
soften the beard ready for the next morning’s shave. And, if 
you don’t want to shave, the softening process should then (Something to Read – Cambridge University Press) you don’t want to shave, the softening process should then 
CAPÍTULO 12 – PASSIVE VOICE INGLÊS
64
stop your beard feeling so uncomfortable.
GLOSSARY:
wiry = duro como arame
bushy = espesso
brittle = quebradiço
16. In “ ... this new generation of products are often applied 
overnight, ... ”, the underlined verb form is in the
a) passive voice
b) present perfect
c) indirect speech
d) past progressive
Read the text and answer question 17.
Global warming: Adapting to a new reality
 By Elisabeth Rosenthal
 As countries across Europe reduce protection 
of greenhouse gases in order to fi ght climate change, 
scientists and citizens are discovering that eff ects of 
warming are already upon us. Irreversible warming is 
already happening, they say, and will continue for a 
century even if polluting emissions are controlled by the 
Kyoto Protocol, the international treaty aimed at limiting 
greenhouse gases. To this end, they say, governments and 
citizens must prepare for a steamier future, adapting to a 
climate that is hotter and stormier.
 The early warning signs of global warming are 
apparent: an increase in summer deaths due to heat 
waves in Europe; the northern migration of toxic algae and 
tropical fi sh to the Mediterranean; the spread of disease-
carrying ticks into previously inhospitable parts of Sweden 
and the Czech Republic.
 Scientists say that global warming may be partially 
responsible ____ the rising number of powerful hurricanes, 
like Katrina, as well as an increase in fl oods.
 Most scientifi c models predict that temperatures 
will rise ____ 2 degrees ____ 6 degrees Celsius, in Europe 
over the next century-slightly less elsewhere in the world. 
And people are largely unprepared.
 In response to this trend, countries and politicians 
are starting to think ____ changes they will have to make:
 adapting to climate change, for example, French 
farmers are shifting to crops that better tolerate warmer 
temperatures; supplying the elderly with air-conditioners, 
as the Italian city of Brescia is doing.
 Adapting to climate change seems to be simple.
 However, in some cases, adaptation would be so 
expensive that the authorities may opt to let nature take its 
course.
GLOSSARY:
ticks = pequenos insetos
17. What’s the active voice for “polluting emissions are con-
trolled by the Kyoto Protocol”, (lines 6 and 7)?
a) Polluting emissions are being controlled.
b) The Kyoto Protocol controlls polluting emissions.
c) The Kyoto Protocol can controll polluting emissions.
d) Polluting emissions will be controlled by the Kyoto Protocol.
Read the text and answer question 18
Guaratinguetá, the city of Friar Galvão has begun 
towelcome more and more tourists
 An increasing number of tourists is visiting
 Guaratinguetá, a city with a population of 110,000 
about six kilometers from Aparecida. In 2006 the city 
welcomed an average of about 50 tourist buses at weekends 
– now it is 200 buses. Religious tourism will boost the local 
economy. New hotels and restaurants will be built. The 
Santo Antônio Cathedral and Friar Galvão Museum are two 
of the most popular places for tourists. In a small room at 
the back of the Cathedral the famous Friar Galvão pills are 
produced. In total about 90,000 pills are produced a month. 
The pills are also produced in the Mosteiro da Luz, in São 
Paulo, ______ about 5,000 units are distributed a day.
(Adapted from Maganews # 36)
GLOSSARY
friar – frei
increasing – aumento
to boost – impulsionar
pill – pílula
18. All these structures below are in the passive voice, except
b) units are distributed
c) Friar Galvão has begun
d) restaurants will be built
Read the text and answer question 19.
The stunning legacy left by Zilda Arns the founder and 
coordinator of Pastoral da Criança
 In 1983, with the backing of CNBB, Zilda founded 
Pastoral da Criança. She had developed an effi cient method 
to help the poorest families. The work involved, among 
other things, feeding children under six, hygiene, preventive 
healthcare, and complete help for poor pregnant women. 
On January 12th she was in
 a church in Port-au-Prince, talking to a group 
of local religious leaders. She intended to introduce 
that methodology to Haiti. _________, an earthquake 
completely destroyed the church and Brazil lost one of completely destroyed the church and Brazil lost one of 
CAPÍTULO 12 – PASSIVE VOICEINGLÊS
65
the greatest women in its history. The aim of her work 
was to reduce malnutrition and Brazil’s infant mortality.
The effi cient methodology used by Pastoral da Criança has 
saved thousands of lives over the last three decades and 
has been exported to 20 countries.
(Adapted from Maganews # 47)
GLOSSARY
stunning – impressionante
legacy – legado
19. The correct passive voice for “She had developed an effi -
cient method…” is: An effi cient method
a) has developed
b) had been developed
c) has been developing
d) was being developed
Read the text and answer question 20.
 Deforestation has recently been recognized as a 
global problem. Even today, governments and individuals 
believe that only the countries using up their forests will 
be aff ected by it. However, scientists are convinced that 
the world’s forests must be preserved. They base their 
conviction on scientifi c data that prove the importance of 
forests to all people everywhere.
(Taken from Between the Lines)
GLOSSARY
Data - dados
Deforestation - desmatamento
to recognize - reconhecer
to use up - consumir totalmente
20. All sentences below are in the passive voice, except:
a) Forests will be aff ected.
b) Scientists are convinced.
c) Deforestation has been recognized.
d) Scientifi c data have proved theimportance of forests to 
mankind.
Read the text and answer question 21
Crash Landing Aires Boeing 737-800 San Andres
Island, Columbia.
August 16, 2010 by Marcel Van Leeuwen
 At least one person died and fi ve more are injured 
after a Boeing 737 crashed onto the runway at 1:49 a.m. 
local time today on San Andres Island. The jet, carrying 131 
people, broke into three pieces. The Aires fl ight departed 
Bogoto around midnight and, according to Colombian 
Air Force Colonel David Barrero, offi cials are investigating 
reports - the aircraft experienced a lightning strike. San 
Andres Island’s airport has closed its 7,545-foot runway 
until the wreckage can be removed. Barrero commented 
that the skill of the pilot kept the airliner from colliding 
with the airport. The landing occurred during a storm.
(Taken from Wikinews.org)
GLOSSARY
Crewmembers – membros da tripulação
Wreckage – destroços
21. What’s the passive voice for “…offi cials are investigating 
reports…”, (line 7)?
a) Reports are being investigated. 
b) Reports were being investigated.
c) Offi cials were investigating reports.
d) Offi cials have been investigating reports
Read the text and answer question 22.
The future of English
 Is English set to dominate the world? It is more 
widespread than any language has ever been. The 
ECONOMIST described it as “impregnably established as the 
world’s standard language.” It is used globally in business, 
diplomacy, sport, music, advertising and technology. A 
fi fth of the world’s population speak it to some level of 
competence, another fi fth are hurrying to learn it, and 
_______ seems to want it written on their T-shirts.
 Will this dominance continue and increase until 
English is spoken absolutely ____? Many think the answer 
is obvious: yes. 
 But not everyone is so certain. Some claim that 
the dominance of English is unhealthy. Others go further, 
saying the uncontrolled expansion of English is leading it 
towards disintegration.
(Taken from Speak up # 226).
GLOSSARY
Set to – determinado a, prestes a
Widespread – difundido
22. Which phrase, from the text, presents a passive structu-
re?
a)”…is spoken…”
b)”…is leading…”
c)”…is so certain…”
d)”… is unhealthy…”
Read the text and answer question 23.
Japan tsunami ‘ghost ship’ drifting to Canada
 A Japanese fi shing vessel swept away by the March 
2011 tsunami has been spotted adrift off the west coast of offi cials are investigating offi cials are investigating 2011 tsunami has been spotted adrift off the west coast of 
CAPÍTULO 12 – PASSIVE VOICE INGLÊS
66
Canada by the coastguard.
 An aircraft patrolling the seas off British Columbia 
saw the 15m vessel seen fl oating 275km from the Haida 
Gwaii islands on Friday.
 It is believed to be the fi rst large item from the 
millions of tonnes of tsunami debris to cross the Pacifi c.
No one is believed to be aboard the ship, registered in 
Hokkaido, Japan.
 Canada’s Transport Ministry is monitoring the 
vessel for marine pollution and to see if it becomes an 
obstruction.
 The tsunami last March generated more than 25 
million tonnes of debris, say researchers at the University of 
Hawaii. Between four and eight million tonnes still fl oating 
on the surface.
 The main mass of debris is not expected to make 
landfall in North America until March 2014.
 Maria Cantwell, US senator for Washington State, 
said the boat was expected to drift slowly south.
(Adapted from BBC news)
GLOSSARY:
Vessel – embarcação
To be swept away – ser arrastado
Landfall – o ato de chegar à costa
Adrift – sem rumo
To drift – ser arrastado pela correnteza
23. The correct active voice for “A Japanese fi shing vessel has 
been spotted adrift off the coast of Canada by the coas-
tguard.” Is
a) A Japanese fi shing vessel was spotted adrift off the west 
coast of Canada.
b) A Japanese fi shing vessel was being spotted adrift off west 
coast of Canada.
c) The coastguard spotted a Japanese fi shing vessel adrift off 
the west coast of Canada.
d) The coastguard has spotted a Japanese fi shing vessel adrift 
off the west coast of Canada.
24. Select the alternative that contains the passive voice of 
the sentence below:
Somebody has hurt Ronaldo during the soccer match.
a) Ronaldo is hurt during the soccer match.
b) Ronaldo was hurt during the soccer match.
c) Ronaldo had been hurt during the soccer match.
d) Ronaldo has been hurt during the soccer match.
Read the text and answer questions 25 and 26.
The Greenhouse Eff ect
 A greenhouse is a house made of glass. The sun 
shines right through the glass and makes it warm inside the 
greenhouse. It is possible to grow fl owers and vegetables 
inside a greenhouse in the winter. Scientists
 have a theory that a lot of carbon dioxide in the 
atmosphere will act like the glass in a greenhouse. As
the sun shines through the carbon dioxide blanket, the 
atmosphere will get hotter and hotter.
 Carbon dioxide is produced by combustion, the 
burning of fuel. It is being added to the normal atmosphere 
as we have more and more cars, more and more houses 
and industries. In short, more people produce more carbon 
dioxide.
 Scientists predict that as a result of more carbon 
dioxide in the atmosphere, there will be a global warming, 
or a long-term rise in temperatures over the earth.
(Adapted from “Time and Space”)
25. According to the text, we can infer that:
a) Carbon dioxide is only produced by industries and by cars.
b) Scientists believe that the rise in temperatures over the earth 
is the main cause of a global warming.
c) As the amount of carbon dioxide in the atmosphere increa-
ses, the temperature over the earth will rise.
d) Global warming is the phenomenon in which the atmosphe-
re temperature is hotter than the earth’s surface. 
26. In the sentence “It is being added to the normal atmos-
phere” (line10), we can fi nd the passive voice of which 
verb tense?
a) future
b) simple present
c) past progressive
d) present progressive
SUGESTÃO PARA TRADUÇÃO
WITH OR WITHOUT YOU – U2
See the stone set in your eyes
See the thorn twist in your side
I wait for you
Sleight of hand and twist of fate
On a bed of nails she makes me wait
And I wait... without you
With or without you
With or without you
Through the storm we reach the shore
You give it all but I want more
And I’m waiting for you
With or without you
With or without you ohoo
I can’t live
With or without you
And you give yourself away
And you give yourself away
And you give
and you give
And you give yourself away
My hands are tied have a theory that a lot of carbon dioxide in the My hands are tied
CAPÍTULO 12 – PASSIVE VOICEINGLÊS
67
My body bruised, she’s got me with
Nothing to win
and nothing left to lose
And you give yourself away
And you give yourself away
And you give
and you give
And you give yourself away
With or without you
With or without you
I can’t live
With or without you
ANSWER-KEY:
01 – a 
02 – c 
03 - b
04 –a
05 –b
06 –b
07 – b
08 –b
09 –b
10 –c
11 –d
12 –b
13 –c
14 –a
15 –b
16 – a
17 –a
18 –c
19 –b
20 –d
21 –a
22 –a
23 –d
24 –d
25 –c
26 – c
NOTES:
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVES INGLÊS
68
CAPÍTULO 13
ADJECTIVES
ADJETIVOS
Sempre antecedem um substantivo e são invariáveis.
ex.: a tall boy – a tall girl. 
one hot-dog – two hot dogs.
Numbers being used as adjectives:
I want to buy a-four-door car. (reparem que four doors virou 
four-door. Perde-se o S por ser uma expressão adjetiva e, 
como sabemos, em inglês os adjetivos são invariáveis.)
Em inglês, o Present Participle (=Gerund) e o Past Participle 
podem ser adjetivos.
Observe:
Amazing X Amazed
Boring X Bored
Tiring X Tired
Para fi ns didáticos, diremos que os adjetivos terminados 
em –ing são a causa. Já os terminados em –ed são a con-
sequência.
“Signs” was quite boring. I got so bored that I fell asleep.
Às vezes, podemos ter dois ou mais adjetivos qualifi cando 
um mesmo substantivo.
Ex.: KFC® (Kentucky Fried Chicken). a beautiful tall 
girl.
Quandoisso acontece, segue-se uma ordem pré-estabele-
cida.
OSiShA ColOMP/W
1. Opinion
2. Size
3. Shape
4. Age
5. Color
6. Origin
7. Material
8. Purpose
9. Way
Now, try and organize these words below:
a) a Ferrari – Italian – red – expensive.
________________________________________________
b) a table – wooden – beautiful – round – French – well-
conserved – big – brown – antique – dinner.
________________________________________________
COMPARATIVE
1. Equality
1.1. Inequality
2. Superiority
3. Inferiority
Short Adjectives: até 2 sílabas.
ex.: cute, short
Long Adjectives: a partir de 3 sílabas.
ex.: comfortable, intelligent
Short Adjectives: até 2 sílabas.
ex.: cute, short
Long Adjectives: a partir de 3 sílabas.
ex.: confortable, intelligent
1. Equality
… as … as …
From my point of view English is as good as Portuguese.
1.1. Inequality
… not so … as …
… not as … as …
A Fusca isn’t so confortable as a Ferrari
2. Superiority
2.1. Long Adjectives
… more … than …
As far as I’m concerned English is more interesting than 
Physics.
2.2. Short Adjectives
“-ER” … than
Paraná is colder than Rio.
“-ER” Rules
a) adj. + “-er than”
tall → taller than
b) adj. terminados em “e” só recebem “-r than”
cute → cuter than
close → closer than
c) adj. terminados em CVC dobram a consoante fi nal e re-
cebem “-er than”
hot → hotter than
d) adj. terminados em cons.+y trocam o “y” por “i” e rece-
bem “-er than”
wealthy → wealthier than.
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVESINGLÊS
69
3 - Inferiority
Só existe para adjetivos longos.
... less ... than ...
In some people’s opinion love is less important than mon-
ey.
P.S.: -ER
O sufi xo –er tem duas funções. Tudo dependerá da palavra 
primitiva.
Verb + -ER = “Professions” (somebody or something that 
performs an action)
Ex: teach – teacher
Work – worker
Adjective + -ER = Comparative
Ex: tall – taller
Great – greater.
Special Cases:
1)Comparative + And + Comparative = “Cada vez mais…”
More and more crownded
“Deeper and Deeper”
2)The + Comparative, The + Comparative = “Quanto mais..., 
mais...)
“The closer I get to you, the more you make me see...”
“The more I cry, the more I cry as I say goodbye to a way of 
life I thought I had designed for me…”
SUPERLATIVE
1. Superiority
1.1. Long Adjectives
“the most”
From my point of view literature in the most fascinating 
subject I’ve ever studied.
1.2. Short Adjectives
“the …-est”
Vatican is the shortest country in the world.
Repare:
As regras para o acréscimo do sufi xo –EST são as mesmas 
para o -ER
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO
PHOTOGRAPH – Ed Sheeran
Loving can hurt
Loving can hurt sometimes
But it’s the only thing that I know
And when it gets hard
You know it can get hard sometimes
It is the only thing that makes us feel alive
We keep this love in a photograph
We made these memories for ourselves
Where our eyes are never closing
Hearts were never broken
And time’s forever frozen still
So you can keep me inside the pocket
Of your ripped jeans
Holding me close until our eyes meet
You won’t ever be alone
Wait for me to come home
Loving can heal
Loving can mend your soul
And it’s the only thing that I know
I swear it will get easier
Remember that with every piece of you
And it’s the only thing we take with us when we die
We keep this love in a photograph
We made these memories for ourselves
Where our eyes are never closing
Our hearts were never broken
And time’s forever frozen still
So you can keep me inside the pocket
Of your ripped jeans
Holding me close until our eyes meet
You won’t ever be alone
And if you hurt me that’s okay baby
Only words bleed
Inside these pages you just hold me
And I won’t ever let you go
Wait for me to come home
Oh you can fi t meOh you can fi t me
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVES INGLÊS
70
Inside the necklace you got
When you were sixteen
Next to your heartbeat where I should be
Keep it deep within your soul
And if you hurt me
Well that’s okay baby
Only words bleed
Inside these pages you just hold me
And I won’t ever let you go
When I’m away
I will remember how you kissed me
Under the lamppost back on 6th street
Hearing you whisper through the phone
Wait for me to come home
Gotta Be
Listen as your day unfolds, challenge what the future holds
Try and keep your head up to the sky
Lovers, they may cause you tears
Go ahead release your fears, stand up and be counted
Don’t be ashamed to cry
You gotta be
You gotta be bad, you gotta be bold, you gotta be wiser
You gotta be hard, you gotta be tough, you gotta be 
stronger
You gotta be cool, you gotta be calm, you gotta stay 
together
All I know, all I know, love will save the day
Herald what your mother said
Reading the books your father read
Try to solve the puzzles in your own sweet time
Some may have more cash than you
Others take a diff erent view, my oh my, heh, hey
You gotta be bad, you gotta be bold, you gotta be wiser
You gotta be hard, you gotta be tough, you gotta be 
stronger
You gotta be cool, you gotta be calm, you gotta stay 
together
All I know, all I know, love will save the day
Time asks no questions, it goes on without you
Leaving you behind if you can’t stand the pace
The world keeps on spinning
You can’t stop it, if you try to
This time it’s danger staring you in the face
Remember, listen as your day unfolds
Challenge what the future holds
Try and keep your head up to the sky
Lovers, they may cause you tears
Go ahead release your fears, my oh my heh, hey, hey
You gotta be bad, you gotta be bold, you gotta be wiser
You gotta be hard, you gotta be tough, you gotta be 
stronger
You gotta be cool, you gotta be calm, you gotta stay 
together
All I know, all I know, love will save the day
You gotta be bad, you gotta be bold, you gotta be wiser
You gotta be hard, you gotta be tough, you gotta be 
stronger
You gotta be cool, you gotta be calm, you gotta stay 
together
All I know, all I know, love will save the day
Read more: Des’ree - You Gotta Be Lyrics | MetroLyrics 
1. Indicate the alternative that best completes the following 
sentence:
They fi nally decided to buy a __________.
a) four-doors car
b) four doors car
c) four-door car
d) four-door-car
e) four-car
2. Indicate the alternative that best completes the following 
sentence:
The building has nine stories. It is __________.
a) a nine-stories-building
b) a nine-story building
c) a nine’s-story building
d) a nine-stories
e) a building’s nine stories’s
3. “The new generation of MT programs is less ambitious” 
is an example of comparative form. Mark the item which 
also contains a comparative form:
a) Of the four translations, I like this one best.
b) That young boy behaves the most carelessly of all.
c) This is the worst ice cream I’ve had in a long time.
d) This is the least expensive computer that we have.
e) The airport is farther than the university.
4. Indique a palavra que signifi ca “mais forte”:
a) larger
b) clearer
c) higher
d) better
e) stronger
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVESINGLÊS
71
10. Assinale a alternativa correta:
Our next examination may be __________ the last one.
a) more bad than
b) more worse than
c) much bad than
d) worse than
e) more badly than
11. Peter’s house is __________ mine.
a) larger as
b) most larger than
c) larger than
d) so large than
e) more large than
12. He is __________ boy in town.
a) so rich
b) richer
c) the richest
d) richest
e) the most rich
13. The word that does not form the comparative in the 
same way as large or short is:
a) bad
b) sad
c) glad
d) great
e) late
14. ‘In London there are lots of streets with the same name 
and it’s very __________ if you are a tourist. Another pro-
blem is that it’s a huge place. We walked everywhere on 
our last trip and we were __________ at the end of each 
day. But it’s an __________ city, with so much to do.’
a) confused – exhaust – excited
b) confusing – exhausted – exciting
c) confuse – exhausting – exciting
d) confusing – exhaust – excited
e) confused – exhausted – excited
15. The lecture we’ve attended was not good. It was quite 
__________, and the audience was __________.a) amusing – amused
b) bored – boring
c) amused – amusing
d) boring – bored
e) interesting – interested
16. Caren has a strange look. She seems to live on __________
frozen meals.
a) bad-prepare
b) recent-cooking
c) old-make
d) new-preparing
e) ready-made
5. Assinale a alternativa que completa corretamente a sen-
tença:
Of all the movies I have seen lately, the one I saw yesterday 
was __________.
a) worse.
b) worst.
c) the worse.
d) the worst.
e) the most worse.
6. Choose the correct grammatical answer:
I have been studying __________ I can to learn English.
a) as hard as
b) so hard as
c) as harder as
d) so harder so
e) so hard so
7. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que preen-
che corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada:
Mr. Smith: I’m sorry, Mr. Johnson. I believe the candidate
you sent us will not suit our purposes. We need somebo-
dy__________ than he.
Mr. Johnson: In that case I would suggest Miss Cary. She’s 
defi nitely the __________ person in our group.
a) smarter – most intelligent
b) smart – intelligent
c) smartest – more intelligent
d) as smart – as intelligent
e) as smart – as intelligent as
8. Assinale a letra correspondente à alternativa que preen-
che corretamente as lacunas da frase apresentada a se-
guir:
- “Did Jerry come to work yesterday?”
- “Yes, he did. He arrived __________ than his colleagues,
but worked the __________ so that he got as much done 
as the others.”
- “Good. He’s a very responsible fellow.”
a) late – harder
b) later – hardest
c) earlier – hard
d) early – hardest
e) sooner – harder
9. Fill in the gap:
- “You look fatter”.
- “That’s because I’ve been eating __________ than I used to”.
a) many more
b) much more
c) a few
d) more than
e) any more
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVES INGLÊS
72
17. Assinale a alternativa correta: Life in New York City is 
sometimes __________ harder than in any other town 
in the world.
a) very
b) much
c) many
d) so
e) as
18. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase a seguir: 
The more time people spend at an exhibit, __________ 
they learn.
a) more
b) most
c) much
d) the more
e) the most
19. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase a seguir:
I fi rmly believe that the tougher the laws, __________ the 
criminal rate.
a) the lowest
b) lowest
c) the lower
d) lower
e) low
20. The sooner a man begins to work __________.
a) the bad
b) the best
c) the worst
d) the better
e) the good
21. Fill in the blank of the following sentence correctly:
The hole in front of his garage is becoming __________.
a) deep and deep
b) deeper and deeper
c) deep and deeper
d) deeper and deepest
e) deepest and deepest
22. A lion is __________ than a dog.
a) strong
b) strongest
c) more strong
d) stronger
e) most strong
23. Which one is correct?
a) More have they, more want them.
b) As more they have, as more they want.
c) More they have, more they want.
d) The more they have, the more they want.
e) Do more they have, do more they want.
24. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase adiante: Paris is __________ than Rome.
a) the most beautiful
b) small
c) more rich
d) more beautiful
e) largest
25. Choose the only correct alternative to complete the 
spaces:
I. The United States is not __________ as Brazil.
II. The Everest is __________ mountain in the world.
III. Chimpanzees are __________ than dogs.
IV. Aids is __________ disease of human being.
V. Mike Tyson is __________ as Evander Holyfi eld.
a) as beautiful – the higher – so intelligent – the bad – more 
strong
b) more beautiful – the most high – as intelligent – the
baddest – so strong
c) so beautiful – the high – most intelligent – the badder –
stronger
d) so beautiful – the highest – more intelligent – the worst –as 
strong
e) as beautiful – as highest – more intelligent – the worst – 
strongest
26. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a la-
cuna da frase apresentada: This is the __________ day 
I have ever had.
a) worse
b) bad
c) worst
d) less good
e) very bad
27. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase apresentada:
Depending on the situation, having a computer may be
__________ having a telephone.
a) easier
b) more useful
c) more convenient than
d) the most diffi cult
e) useful than
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVESINGLÊS
73
31. The adjectives, underlined in the text,
a) describe a positive idea.
b) describe the woman’s feelings.
c) indicate how she controls her emotions.
d) can be replaced by boring, tiring and exciting.
Read the paragraph and answer question 32 :
 Some desert animals do not wait for the water to 
come to them.
 The water is miles away, but they go after it. Each 
morning, birds fl y to water holes as far away as 50 miles. 
They drink. Then they wet their feathers to carry water 
back to their baby birds.
32. According to the paragraph, “as far away as 50 miles” is 
being used for
a) measuring.
b) qualifying.
c) comparing.
d) giving an opinion.
Diff erent ways of talking
 Both Joy and Tommy are growing up in the culture 
of the United States. They are learning what it means to 
be a girl and a boy in this culture. Their sex at birth, female 
or male, is now becoming a gender – a way of thinking, 
speaking, and acting that is considered feminine or 
masculine. Each culture has its own way of defi ning gender, 
and very early in life gender becomes a basic part of a 
person’s identity.
 In the United States and Canada, boys and girls 
usually play in the same sex groups. Boys play in large 
groups in which every boy knows his place. Some are 
leaders; others are followers. Many boys like to get attention 
by boasting, or talking how well they can do things.
 Girls, on the other hand, usually play in smaller 
groups. They may be interested in playing fairly and taking 
turns. For example, when jumping rope, the rope-holders 
always take their turn jumping.
 Dr.Tannen, a professor at Georgetown University, 
has found that these diff erences are refl ected in the ways 
that children use language while they play. Boys often use 
commands when they talk to each other while girls use the 
form “let’s” when they want to express their preferences, 
emphasizing the fact that all of them belong to the same 
group.
 These diff erences seem to be part of growing up 
in the culture of the United States. If men and women can 
understand that many of their diff erences are cultural, not 
personal, they may be able to improve their relationships 
and understand that there is more than one way to 
communicate.
28. Which of the following words DOES NOT form the com-
parative the same way as friendly in friendlier?
a) high
b) healthy
c) sexy
d) costly
e) ugly
29. Choose the right alternative to complete the text 
grammatically correct.
“Computer viruses can travel ____ one place to another ___ 
fast ___ a phone call.”
a)from / as / as
b)over / as / than
c)to / more / than
d)between / * / than
30. Read the sentence below:
“In Mexico, 60% of men and 40% of women are overweight.”
According to the sentence above, we can conclude that the 
percentage of overweight men is:
a)lower.
b)highest.
c)higher.
d)lowest.
FOR ME, FOOD ISN’T ABOUT HUNGER, IT’S ABOUT MY 
MOODS
 When I’m bored, I look for something in the fridge, 
eat a slice of cheese maybe, or a tomato, or a carrot.
When I’m tired, I eat roasted peppers, creamy rice pudding, 
biscuits with tea.
 When I’m a bit low, I eat chocolate, letting it melt in 
my mouth.
 When I feel anxious, I make cakes or biscuits, even 
in the middle of the night, and the smell of baking reassures 
me: ginger biscuits, lemon pie, chocolate cake.
 When I’m in a good mood, I wake in the early 
hours and plan meals for guests, and it’s like thinking about 
Christmas presents.
 When I’m excited, I rarely feel hungry, for then I 
want to be light-footed and empty – a piece of steamed 
fi sh, maybe, or a green salad; something clean and light 
that won’t weigh me down; sushi is perfect.
 When I’m guilty oragitated, I push things round 
my plate.
 When I’m sad, I starve myself.
GLOSSARY:
reassure = acalmar
light -footed = leve
weigh down = enfastiar
round = em direção contrária
CAPÍTULO 13 – ADJECTIVES INGLÊS
74
33. The suffi x “_ er”, as in followers (line 13), means someone 
who does something, EXCEPT :
a) others.
b) holders.
c) players.
d) runners.
Read the text and answer question 34
 I always wanted a car and thought that having 
one would make my life _______. I still remember the day 
I bought the car - my car! - and drove it home. It was the 
________ day of my life... and then everything went wrong.
 First of all, I got a ticket for speeding. I was so 
excited about driving my new car that I didn’t realize how 
fast I was going. Later, when I got home, there was nowhere 
to park on the street. I looked for parking for almost thirty 
minutes. Finally, I found a place – six blocks from my house! 
The next morning, I decided to drive to school. The traffi c 
was terrible and I was fi fteen minutes late for class. All this 
happened in the fi rst twenty-four hours of owning a car!
 By the end of the fi rst year, I was almost $2,000 in 
debt. I needed money for car payments, gas and insurance. 
It was crazy! In the end, I had to sell the car to pay my bills.
So what’s the moral of the story? If you don’t need a car, 
don’t buy one. It would be a terrible mistake!
34. Fill in the blanks with the suitable option.
a) happier - easier
b) happiest - easier
c) easier - happiest
d) easiest – happiest
Read the text and answer question 35.
Simply your life
 Years ago, a cigarette commercial asked if you 
were smoking more, but enjoying it less. That describes the 
way many of us live today. We are doing more, but enjoying 
it less. In our frantic search for satisfaction, we try stuffi ng 
still more into our days, never realizing that we are taking 
the wrong approach.
 The truth is simple; so simple it is hard to believe. 
Satisfaction lies with less, not with more. Yet, we pursue the 
myth that this thing, or that activity, will somehow provide 
the satisfaction we so desperately seek.
 Arthur Lindman, in his devastating book, “The 
Harried Leisure Class,” described the futility of pursuing 
more. His research focused on what people did with their 
leisure time. He found that as income rose, people bought 
more things to occupy their leisure time. But, ironically, 
the more things they bought, the less they valued any 
one of them. Carried to an extreme, he predicted massive 
boredom in the midst of tremendous variety. That was 
more than twenty years ago, and his prediction seems 
more accurate every year.
Lindman of course, is not the fi rst to discover this. The writer 
of Ecclesiastes expressed the same thought thousands of 
years ago. It is better, he wrote, to have less, but enjoy it 
more.
 If you would like to enjoy life more, I challenge you 
to experiment with me. How could you simplify your life? 
What could you do without? What could you stop pursuing?
 The more I learn, the more I realize that fullness 
of life does not depend on things. The more I give up, the 
more I seem to gain. But words will never convince you. You 
must try it for yourself.
Time Management Corporation
GLOSSARY:
to pursue = perseguir
to stuff = preencher
fullness = plenitude
boredom = tédio, aborrecimento
approach = a maneira, o caminho
35. “The more I give up, the more I seem to gain.”, means that
a) if I start to gain, I give up.
b) when I give up, I seem to gain.
c) I always give up in order to gain.
d) I still seem to gain, even though I don’t give up.
Read the paragraph and answer question 36.
“ Finding a job is _________pulling a star out of the sky”.
36. Choose the right alternative to fi ll in the blank.
a) the harder
b) the hardest
c) harder than
d) more hard than
ANSWER-KEY:
01 – d
02 – b
03- e
04 - e
05 - d
06 - a
07 – a
08 - b
09 - b
10 - d
11 - c
12 - c 
13 - a 
14 - b
15 - d
16 – e
17 - b 
18 - d
19 - c 
20 - d
21 - b
22- d
23 - d
24 - d
25 - d
26 - c 
27 - c
28 - d 
29 – a
30 – c
31 - b)
32 -c) 
33 – a) 
34 – c) 
35– b) 
36 – c) 
CAPÍTULO 14 – RELATIVE PRONOUNSINGLÊS
75
CAPÍTULO 14
RELATIVE PRONOUNS
Who Whom Which That
Whose When Where
“Who”, “Whom”, “Which” e “That” podem ter suas funções 
sintáticas:
Sujeito: antecedendo verbos ou advérvbios + verbos.
J.K. Rowling is the writer who wrote “HarryPotter”.
Objeto: não antecedendo verbos ou advérbios + verbos.
Shakespeare is the author whom I studied the most at 
University.
Who: refere-se a pessoas. Pode ter ambas as funções sintá-
ticas. NUNCA pode vir após preposições.
Cervantes is the author who we have been discussing 
about.
Whom: também refere-se a pessoas. Só pode ser objeto, 
portanto, pode vir colocado a uma preposição.
Cervantes is the author about whom we have been dis-
cussing.
Which: refere-se a “não-pessoas”. Tem ambas as funções 
sintáticas. Pode vir após preposições.
Natura® is the brand which I love to use.
That: pode substituir “who”, “whom” ou “which”. NUNCA 
pode ser usado após vírgulas e/ou preposições.
Natura® is the brand that I love to use. 
Omissão
 “Who”, “Whom”, “Which” e “That” podem ser omitidos da 
frase, se, e somente se:
1. tiverem a função de objeto;
2. não estiverem após vírgulas e/ou preposições.
I think she’s beautiful.
“There is no greater love than dying for those we love”
Whose: posse (“cujo/cuja”) 
Vem entre dois substantivos.
She’s the girl whose father has been looking for you.
When: “quando”. Indica tempo.
Pode ser substituído por “on which” ou “in which
2016 is the year when the Rio will be chaotic.
Where: “onde”. Indica lugar.
Pode ser substituído por “in which”.
Brazil is the place where people are controlled by TV.
Relati ve 
Pronoun
Pes-
soas
“Não-
Pessoas”
Antes 
de 
Verbo
Antes 
de 
Não-
Verbos
De-
pois 
de “,”
Depois 
de 
prep.
WHO √ ø √ √ √ ø
WHOM √ ø ø √ √ √
WHICH ø √ √ √ √ √
THAT √ √ √ √ ø ø
EXERCISES
 The human eye and the camera are remarkably 
similar optical devices. Each has a lens that forms an 
inverted image of what is in front of it. In the eye, this area 
is the retina, while in the camera it is the fi lm or plate. Both 
eyes and cameras have devices which can vary in size to 
control the amount of light that passes through the lens. It 
is the diaphragm which fulfi lls this role for the camera and 
the iris for the eye. Both the eye and the camera possess 
a light-sensitive layer at the back which responds to the 
images produced by the lens. In similar ways, the shutter of 
the camera and the lid of the eye open to admit light and 
close keep it out. In both the eye and the camera the lens 
is adjustable and can focus on near or distant objects. The 
inside of the eye, like that of the camera, is black so that 
internal refl ections are minimized.
 (Dias, Reinildes. Reading Critically in English, 3rd ed. UFMG 2002. Page 127.)
1. The text shows a ___________ between the human eye 
and the camera. 
a) chest b) score c) hazard d) parallel
2. In “Both eyes and cameras have devices which can vary”, 
WHICH can be replaced by 
a) this. b) that. c) who. d) whom
3. The black color will minimize refl ections __________ the 
eye. 
a) near b) until c) within d) before
4. The diaphragm has the same function that the 
___________ has. 
a) iris b) light c) roles d) camera
5. In “... and close to keep it out”, IT refers to 
a) lid. b) eye. c) light. d) open.
6. About “Each has a lens that forms an inverted image” it is 
correct to say that 
a) the relative pronoun refers to “lens”. 
b) there is no indefi nite article present. 
c) the verb is in the Simple Past tense. 
d) there is use of plurals in the sentence.
7. In “The lens is adjustable”, LENS can be replaced by 
a) it. b) he. c) its. d) they.
CAPÍTULO 14 – RELATIVE PRONOUNS INGLÊS
76
Read the extract and answer question 08.
What makes a good school?
What makes a good school? There are no stock answers, 
but there are some universal truths. A good schoolis a community of parents, teachers and students. A 
good school, like a good class, is run by someone with 
vision, passion and compassion. A good school has 
teachers___________, no matter what their age or 
experience. A good school prepares its students not just 
for college entrance tests
but also for the world out there.
8. Choose the correct sentence to have the blank fi lled.
a) still enjoy the challenge.
b) who still enjoy the challenge.
c) whom still enjoy the challenge.
d) which still enjoy the challenge
9. Fill in the blank:
The doctor to _____ Mrs. Jones went told her to eat less.
a) where b) whose c) who d) whom
10. In “Men don’t often have the lump-in-the-throat fee-
ling that many women experience”, the pronoun THAT 
could be replaced by:
a) who. b) whom. c) whose. d) which.
11. In the sentence “it’s time to meet people who work 
from their homes”, the pronoun WHO can be replaced 
by THAT.
– Mark the option that can only be completed with the re-
lative pronoun WHO:
a) That is the consultant _____ I met in São Paulo last week.
b) My brother, _____ works as a consultant, makes much 
money.
c) Would you like to work with bosses _____ are
understanding?
d) Employees _____ work from home part of the time are 
happier.
12. Mark the sentence that can only be completed with 
WHOSE, the relative pronoun:
a) This is Patricia, _____ sister you met last week.
b) One should be loyal to _____ one is married.
c) She’s married to a doctor of _____ you have heard.
d) AIDS, _____ kills thousands of people, hasn’t been wiped 
out.
13. Choose the right alternative to complete the spaces:
I. George Washington, _____ became president of the 
United States, never told a lie.
II. In Norway, _____ is a Baltic country, you can see the 
midnight sun.
III. Melanie Griffith, with _____ Antonio Banderas got 
married, is very jealous.
IV. Bernard Shaw, _____ books were known in all the world, 
was a very clever writer.
V. Le Corbusier, about _____ we are learning now, was a 
famous modernist architect.
a) whose – that – which – who – whose
b) whom – which – that – whose – whom
c) who – which – whom – whose – whom
d) which – whom – who – whom – which
14. Choose the correct alternative:
a) Caetano Veloso’s, who latest CD, I bought last week, is 
wonderful.
b) Caetano Veloso’s latest CD, which I bought last week, is 
wonderful.
c) Caetano Veloso’s latest CD whom is wonderful I bought 
last week.
d) Caetano Veloso, which is wonderful, I bought last week 
latest CD.
15. In his last book, the author decided to talk about the 
people and the places _____ he loved.
a) who
b) whom
c) which
d) that
16. Insert the appropriate relative pronoun:
Gossips, to _____ you should pay no attention, is a bad 
thing.
Dr. Smith, _____ car is outside, has come to see a patient.
My friend Jack, _____ is in hospital, is very ill.
This is my Uncle John, _____ you have heard so much 
about.
a) which, whose, who, whom
b) that, whose, whom, which
c) which, whom, that, who
d) whom, whose, that, whom
17. Supply the sentences with the correct alternative:
I. This is the hardest problem _____ I have ever had to face.
II. A doctor, _____ patients trust him, has great respon-
sibility.
III. Vesuvius, _____ is a lofty volcano, overlooks the Bay 
of Naples.
IV. My friend Marcello, _____ is in hospital, is very ill.
V. There’s something _____ I must tell you in confi dence.
a) I. that; II. which; III. what; IV. who; V. that
b) I. which; II. whose; III. that; IV. whose; V. which
c) I. that; II. whose; III. which; IV. who; V. that
d) I. what; II. who; III. which; IV. that; V. what
III. Melanie Griffith, with _____ Antonio Banderas got 
CAPÍTULO 14 – RELATIVE PRONOUNSINGLÊS
77
18. In the sentence “Under a microscope you can see the 
bacteria that live in your gums. It’s called gram-negati-
ve bacterium and it produces a toxin or poison that des-
troys the bones around your teeth”, the underlined word 
can be replaced by:
a) who. b) whose. c) whom. d) which.
19. In the expression “One-third of the youngest children in 
the United States – babies through age 6 – live in homes 
where the television is on almost all the time”, “where” 
could be rephrased CORRECTLY with:
a) Live in homes in which the television is on almost all the time.
b) Live in homes that the television is on almost all the time.
c) Live in homes which the television is on almost all the time.
d) Live in homes the television is on almost all the time.
20. Those fi remen, _____ saved the little girl from the fi re, 
are local heroes.
a) who b) that c) whom d) a e b estão corretas
TWENTY-ONE DAYS WITHOUT FOOD
 Why would someone decide to stop eating? We 
know that the body needs food in order to function well. 
However, many people fast at some time during their lives. 
Why is this?
 Some people fast for political reasons. In the early 
20th. Century, women in England and the United States 
weren’t allowed to vote. In protest, many people fasted 
for days. They hoped that fasting would bring attention to 
this injustice. Gandhi, the famous Indian leader, fasted 17 
times during his life. In 1943, he went without food for 21 
days. He fasted to bring attention to his country’s need for 
independence.
 Fasting is also a spiritual practice in many religions. 
Every year during the month of Ramadan, which is a 
religious holiday, Muslims fast from sunrise to sunset.
 Of course, not everyone fasts for political or 
religious reasons. Some people occasionally fast just 
because it makes them better. The American writer Mark 
Twain thought fasting was the best medicine for common 
illnesses.
 Choosing to go with our without food can be very 
dangerous. However, that doesn’t stop people from fasting 
for political, religious, or health reasons.
21. According to the text,
a)fasting is not good for our body at all.
b)people go on fasts for diff erent reasons.
c)all people fast just to hold the public attention.
d)Muslims fast for 24 hours a day during Ramadan.
22. The relative pronoun “which”, underlined in the text, re-
fers to
a) Hindus. b) religious. c) Muslims. d) Ramadan.
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO:
YOU’RE STILL THE ONE – SHANIA TWAIN
Spoken:
When I fi rst saw you
I saw love
When the fi rst time you touched me 
I felt love
And after all this time
You’re still the one that I love
Looks like we made it
Look how far we’ve come my baby
We might took the long way
We knew we’d get there someday 
They said, “I bet they’ll never make it”
But just look at us holding on
We’re still together still going strong 
(You’re still the one)
You’re still the one I run to
The one that I belong to
You’re still the one I want for life
(You’re still the one)
You’re still the one that I love
The only one I dream of
You’re still the one I kiss good night 
Ain’t nothing better
We beat the odds together
I’m glad we didn’t listen
Look at what we would be missin’ 
They said, “I bet they’ll never make it”
But just look at us holding on
We’re still together still going strong 
(You’re still the one)
You’re still the one I run to
The one that I belong to
You’re still the one I want for life
(You’re still the one)
You’re still the one that I love
The only one I dream of
You’re still the one I kiss good night 
(You’re still the one)
You’re still the one I run to
The one that I belong to
You’re still the one I want for life
(You’re still the one)
You’re still the one that I love
The only one I dream of
CAPÍTULO 14 – RELATIVE PRONOUNS INGLÊS
78
You’re still the one I kiss good night 
I’m so glad we made it
Look how far we’ve come my baby
ANSWER-KEY: 
01 - d) 
02 - b)
03 - c) 
04 - a) 
05 - c) 
06 - a) 
07 – a) 
08 – b)
09 – d)
10 - d)
11 - b) 
12 - A
13 - c) 
14 - b
15 - d
16 - a
17 - c
18 - d
19 - a
20 - a
21 - b
22 - d 
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 15 – IF CLAUSESINGLÊS
79
CAPÍTULO 15
IF CLAUSES
TAKE A LOOK!
“If I were a boy, I’d chase after girls…” – Beyoncé: If I were 
a boy
Com “If” não se usa “was”. Usa-se “were”.
SITUAÇÕES HIPOTÉTICAS NO PASSADO
If the boy hadn’t cut the rope, everybody would have died.
If the hadn’t rained, we could have seen the red moon.
Unless: If ... not
If it doesn’t rain, I will go to the Botanic Garden.
Unless it rains, I will go to the Botanic Garden.
(Just) In case (caso = situação real)
Call 911 in case there is an emergency
SINCE: desde que
You may go to the party since your bedroom is tidy.
 (it’s)
PROVIDED (THAT): providing (that)
I may sleep anywhere provided that it’s a clean place.
AS LONG AS: contanto que, desde que
“I don’t care who you are, where you’re from, what you 
did, as long as you love me”
CONJUNCTIONS
IDEA CONJUNCTIONS EXAMPLES
Reason
(causa)
because=for, since, as, 
in case
I didn’t know Ruth was 
married since she rarely 
talked about herself.
As he was traveling, I 
could have the house 
painted.
Time
aft er, before, since, 
as=while, unti l, then, as 
soon as, as when
 
They have been friends 
since they met at 
school.
Jeff had left the house 
before arrived.
Conclusion
so=therefore, 
thus=hence=like this
The T-shirts were quite 
cheap thus I bought 3 of 
them.
It was snowing, hence 
we made a snow doll.
Purpose
in order to 
_____________
 so that=so
She woke up early in 
order to ride the 5:30 
bus.
He hurried so that he 
could get on ti me.
Result so that, and so, consequently
She couldn’t get her 
car out and so I had to 
move mine.
Contrast
but = however = 
yet = nevertheless 
= notwithstanding, 
instead (of)
I like chocolate, but I 
can’t eat.
They are friends, 
however they had an 
argument.
Concessive
although=though=even 
though,
in spote of the fact that 
= despite the fact that,
 while=whereas
Although it was raining, 
he went mountain 
climbing.
While it’s been cold, 
it may be sunny 
tomorrow.
Additi on
and, moreover, further-
more, besides, the fact 
that.
We study English and 
Physics.
Besides the fact that 
we have been studying 
hard, we have also been 
sitti ng some exams.
Alternati ve or, either...or
Either I stay home, or I 
go to the movies.
I may buy some hot 
chocolate or sfi ha.
Conditi on
if=since=provided 
that=providing that=as 
long as, unless=if not, in 
case= only if
If we pass the test, we 
will party all night long.
CAPÍTULO 17 – IF CLAUSES INGLÊS
80
Manner
(comparati vos) as if = like, as
“I’ve been working like a 
dog.”_ _”Like a Virgin” - 
Madonna
He walks as if he were 
an offi cer.
During the war, this 
hotel was used as a 
hospital.
 EXERCISES:
 The fi rst roller skates were made in 1760 by 
Joseph Merlim, a Belgium musician. He worked hard on 
his invention. People at a dance couldn’t believe it when 
Merlin arrived on his roller skates playing the violin.
Unfortunately his skates had no breaks so he couldn’t 
stop; he went straight across the dance fl oor and crashed 
into a large mirror. Both the mirror and the violin were 
broken, and Merlim badly hurt. It was the last time anyone 
tried roller-skating for another hundred years.
(Something to Read – Cambridge University Press)
GLOSSARY:
Unfortunately = infelizmente
Go straight across = ir direto a/ao
Crash = bater, colidir.
1. In “Unfortunately his skates had no breaks so he couldn’t 
stop…”, the underlined conjunction expresses
a) time b) result c) reason d) addition
Read the text and answer question 2.
WHAT SOME STUDENTS THINK OF
THEIR HOUSEMATES
Matt
Carl and Jenny are completely slobs. They don’t want to 
clean up the bathroom and they always leave the kitchen 
in a mess. But I still like Carl. He’s really generous, but he’s 
impossible to live with. Jenny’s OK, but she’s a bit selfi sh. 
She’s the kind of person that never buys any bread, tea or 
coff ee. I’ve decided to move out at the end of the year.
Jenny
Since we moved in, Matt has become really bad-tempered 
and bossy. It’s true that he does more than his fair share 
of the housework, but he exaggerates and complains the 
whole time, too. Carl’s great. I think he enjoys life and just 
gets on with it.
Carl
Do I do my share of the housework? No, but that’s because 
I don’t have a share! Matt likes to boast about how much 
he does – so I let him get on withit. Well, I suppose I do a 
little bit. I get on really well with Jenny because she’s always 
cheerful. I think we’ll both stay for another year.
2. “But I still like Carl”, means that Matt
a) has already made close friendship.
b) has never showed Carl his feelings.
c) no longer thinks that Carl is interesting.
d) has aff ection for Carl despite the fact that Carl is slob.
Read the text and answer questions 03 and 04
TOO BUSY, TOO TIRED
Sixteen-hour days – eight at work and eight at home – leave 
a parent little time or energy for sharing important values 
and relationships.
In addition, too little attention is currently paid to discipline 
– by which I mean teaching, not punishment. Parents who 
are away all day just don’t feel like upholding rules when 
they arrive home tired and spent. Yet, discipline is the 
second most important thing we can give our children, 
after love. An undisciplined child doesn’t learn how to 
control himself, and as a result, he doesn’t feel secure.
(taken from Family Circle Magazine)
GLOSSARY:
uphold = apoiar e manter
3. “Yet” is closest in meaning to
a) thus. b) moreover. c) as long as. d) nevertheless
4. In “... when they arrive home tired and spent.”, the under-
lined word introduces a clause of
a) time. b) reason. c) manner. d) concession.
Read the letter and answer questions 05 and 06.
Dear Angela,
 I was horrifi ed when I found out that my 12-year-
old daughter had been arrested for stealing some make-up 
from a high street chemist. This happened because she had 
been dared by some older children from her school. She 
was so frightened that she started crying – which is what 
attracted the attention of the shop assistant. The police 
were called and she was giving a telling-off at the police 
station.
 Since this terrifying experience, she has been too 
afraid to go out on her own and cries all the time. Now it 
is over she must learn to live with it. But I feel a failure as a 
parent and I am afraid that my child will turn to crime later 
on in life.
What should I do?
Yours sincerely,
Ashamed.
CAPÍTULO 15 – IF CLAUSESINGLÊS
81
5. In “... my 12-year-old daughter had been arrested for 
stealing some make-up.” the underlined word is closest 
in meaning to
a) by. b) besides. c) because. d) even though.
6. In “she was so frightened that she started crying.”
“so…that” introduces a clause of
a) result. b) purpose. c) condition. d) concession.
Read the text and answer question 07.
Who Sleeps?
 Reptiles, birds and mammals all sleep. Some fi sh 
and amphibians reduce their awareness but do not ever 
become unconscious like the higher vertebrates do.
 Insects do not appear to sleep, although they may 
become inactive in daylight or darkness.
 By studying brainwaves, it is known that reptiles do 
not dream. Birds dream a little. Mammals all dream during 
sleep. Whales and dolphins are “conscious breathers” and 
because they need to keep conscious while they sleep in 
order to breathe, only one half of their brain sleeps at a 
time.
GLOSSARY:
awareness = consciência
7. In “... although they may become inactive...”, (line 4), the 
underlined word implies an idea of
a) addition.
b) purpose.
c) contrast.
d) comparison.
8. He says he’s not wealthy, and __________ he owns ahouse 
at the beach and drives a BMW.
a) so b) so that c) because d) unless e) yet
Read the text and answer question 09.
Diff erent ways of talking
 Both Joy and Tommy are growing up in the culture 
of the United States. They are learning what it means to 
be a girl and a boy in this culture. Their sex at birth, female 
or male, is now becoming a gender – a way of thinking, 
speaking, and acting that is considered feminine or 
masculine. Each culture has its own way of defi ning gender, 
and very early in life gender becomes a basic part of a 
person’s identity.
 In the United States and Canada, boys and girls 
usually play in the same sex groups. Boys play in large 
groups in which every boy knows his place. Some are 
leaders; others are followers. Many boys like to get attention 
by boasting, or talking how well they can do things.
 Girls, on the other hand, usually play in smaller 
groups. They may be interested in playing fairly and taking 
turns. For example, when jumping rope, the rope-holders 
always take their turn jumping.
 Dr.Tannen, a professor at Georgetown University, 
has found that these diff erences are refl ected in the ways 
that children use language while they play. Boys often use 
commands when they talk to each other while girls use the 
form “let’s” when they want to express their preferences, 
emphasizing the fact that all of them belong to the same 
group.
 These diff erences seem to be part of growing up 
in the culture of the United States. If men and women can 
understand that many of their diff erences are cultural, not 
personal, they may be able to improve their relationships 
and understand that there is more than one way to 
communicate.
9. “on the other hand” is similar in meaning to
a) likewise.
b) similarly.
c) in contrast.
d) by the way.
Read the text and answer question 10.
Amish Lifestyle
Amish maintain a very distinct lifestyle. They use few 
modern conveniences and keep a horse and buggy as their 
means of conveyance.
They easily are identifi ed by their manner of dress, which, 
they feel, is a symbol of their separation from the world and 
a constant reminder of their commitment to God and their 
religion.
Men and boys wear dark suits, coats without lapels, pastel-
coloured shirts, a straw or black hat and black shoes. 
Women wear skirts, blouses with long sleeves and high 
necks topped off with caps and white or black aprons. They 
also wear pastel
colours.
Women and men do not wear jewellry or embellishments 
such as buttons (although, some buttons are worn on 
winter coats) on their clothes. They prefer straight pins 
and velcro as fasteners in order to maintain humility and 
disavow anything
that might gain them recognition, such as distinctive dress. 
Likewise, Amish do not style their hair , wear makeup, 
manufactured clothing or anything to alter God’s creation.
GLOSSARY:
buggy = carruagem leve com 4 rodas, carroça
topped off = coberto com
fastener = fecho
to disavow = repudiar
embellishment = decoração, adornogroups. They may be interested in playing fairly and taking embellishment = decoração, adorno
CAPÍTULO 15 – IF CLAUSES INGLÊS
82
10. Likewise, in the text, means
a) portanto.
b) por isso.
c) entretanto.
d) do mesmo modo.
Read the text and answer question 11.
The Secret of Success in the US.
If you wonder why Robbie Williams and Oasis have not 
found success in the US, just look at their teeth.
Determined not to make the same mistake, the ex – 
Boyzone singer now–gone–solo Ronan Keating has gotten 
his crooked front teeth capped in order to have a perfect 
smile to woo American audiences. Americans approve of 
artists with a perfect set of teeth such as
Britney Spears, and they think that bad teeth make 
performers less attractive – thus making consumers less 
prone to buy their CDs.
GLOSSARY:
crooked – assimétrico
to woo – conquistar
prone – propenso
11. “Thus”, underlined in the text, means
a) likely.
b) moreover.
c) in reality.
d) consequently.
Read the joke and answer question12.
He had felt terrible for three days, so Bob fi nally called his 
doctor’s offi ce.
“The doctor can see you in three weeks”, he was told. An 
outraged Bob bellowed, “Three weeks? The doctor can’t see 
me for three weeks? I could be dead by then!”
Calmly the voice at the other end of the line replied, “If so, 
be sure to have someone call to cancel the appointment.”
GLOSSARY:
outraged – ofendido, injuriado
bellow – gritar, berrar
12. The underlined expression, in the text, can be replaced 
by
a) so far.
b) until then.
c) up to now.
d) now and then.
Read the text and answer question 13.
SHARKS - SAFER THAN SODA
MACHINES!
Are you scared of sharks? A recent survey found nearly 40 
percentof people are scared
of sharks.
Some people blame movies like Jaws. In reality, sharks are 
more scared of people. In
fact, sharks are safer than soda machines!
Researches say these machines kill more people than 
sharks do. The soda machines fall
on people when they get angry and kick machines to get a 
soda or money back.
13. “like”, (line 4), can be replaced by
a) as.
b) about.
c) enjoy.
d) for example.
14. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a lacu-
na da frase a seguir:
If he put it this way, everybody __________ with him.
a) would agree
b) should have agreed
c) will agree
d) would has agreed
e) agreeded
15. If you don’t go, __________ very angry.
a) I feel
b) I am
c) I was
d) I’ll be
e) I have been
16. The alternative that does not fi nish the sentence “If it 
rains we...” correctly is:
a) couldn’t go out.
b) won’t go out.
c) mustn’t go out.
d) shouldn’t go out.
e) can’t go out.
17. Candidates who get a poor result always regret:
If I had studied more before sitting for the test, I
__________ it.
a) would pass
b) passed
c) have passed
d) would have passed
e) had passed
CAPÍTULO 15 – IF CLAUSESINGLÊS
83
18. If I __________ my raincoat, I __________ a cold.
a) had worn – wouldn’t have gotten
b) wear – would have get
c) didn’t wear – wouldn’t have get
d) am wearing – would have gotten
e) hadn’t wear – couldn’t have get
19. Mark the item that shows the correct ending to the 
following sentence:
If the process happens each time we eat sugar, we:
a) will have dental problems.
b) would have dental problems.
c) would have had dental problems.
d) could have dental problems.
e) may have had dental problems.
20. In the sentence “Illinois is guaranteeing fi rst-year stu-
dents that their fees won’t increase - as long as they fi -
nish in four years”, as long as could be replaced by all the 
items below, EXCEPT:
a) if
b) in case
c) unless
d) provided that
e) on condition that
21. The sentence “Though overshoppers later experience 
considerable remorse, they fi nd shopping exciting” 
contains an idea of:
a) addition.
b) alternative.
c) cause.
d) condition.
e) contrast.
22. Research shows that sunscreens may not be as eff ecti-
ve as hoped at preventing sunburn. Users may be spen-
ding long hours in the sun with a false sense of security, 
and THOUGH lotions may protect against sunburning 
UVB rays, it does little to block out the potentially 
more dangerous UVA rays. – The word THOUGH can 
be replaced with:
a) but.
b) however.
c) therefore.
d) besides.
e) yet.
23. Indicate the alternative that best completes the 
following sentence: He had a headache; __________, he 
__________ the invitation.
a) hence – declined
b) then – dismissed
c) otherwise – refused
d) so – quit
e) however – failed
24. Complete the sentence correctly: __________ he is lazy, 
he makes a lot of money.
a) But
b) Thus
c) Due to
d) Unless
e) Although
25. I don’t know __________ she is as optimist or a pessimist
a) each
b) how many
c) weather
d) like that
e) whether
26. A lacuna é corretamente preenchida pela alternativa:
I’d like to talk to him __________ he arrives.
a) while
b) rather than
c) since
d) as soon as
e) because
27. Photojournalists are often people who feel a powerful 
social responsibility to document the atrocities of hu-
manity IN ORDER TO provide evidence to the world.
– The capital world expression is a marker of:
a) result.
b) reason.
c) purpose.
d) consequence.
28. __________ Mr. Foley was reading the newspaper, Mrs. 
Foley was watching television.
a) While
b) As long
c) In the meantime
d) Because of
e) How
29. The explosive growth in these regions is DUE not only TO 
high birth rates but to the young age at which moth-
ers have their children, telescoping the time between 
generations.
– The expression DUE TO could be replaced by:
a) since.
b) towards.
c) from.
d) because of.
e) during.
CAPÍTULO 15 – IF CLAUSES INGLÊS
84
30. Once they are agreed, the new guidelines will go throu-
gh a series of trials, at fi rst primarily at Cambridge Uni-
versity, before being issued nationally.
– O termo “once” pode ser substituído por:
a) Before.
b) As soon as.
c) If.
d) Unless.
e) At any time.
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO:
I’M NOT THE ONLY ONE – SAM SMITH
You and me we made a vow
For better or for worse
I can’t believe you let me down
But the proof is in the way it hurts
For months on end I’ve had my doubts
Denying every tear
I wish this would be over now
But I know that I still need you here
You say I’m crazy
Cause you don’t think I know what you’ve done
But when you call me baby
I know I’m not the only one
You’ve been so unavailable
Now sadly I know why
Your heart is unobtainable
Even though Lord knows you have mine
You say I’m crazy
Cause you don’t think I know what you’ve done
But when you call me baby
I know I’m not the only one
I have loved you for many years
Maybe I am just not enough
You’ve made me realise my deepest fear
By lying and tearing us up
You say I’m crazy
Cause you don’t think I know what you’ve done
But when you call me baby
I know I’m not the only one
You say I’m crazy
Cause you don’t think I know what you’ve done
But when you call me baby
I know I’m not the only one
I know I’m not the only one
I know I’m not the only one
And I know
I know I’m not the only one
ANSWER-KEY:
01 - b
02 – d
03 -d
04 - a
05 – c
06 – a
07 – c
08 - e
09 – c
10 - a
11- d
12 – b
13 - d
14 – a
15 – d
16 - a
17 - d
18 – a
19 – a
20 - c
21 – e
22 – e
23 - a
24 – e
25 – e
26 – d
27 – c
28 – a
29 – d
30 - c
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONSINGLÊS
85
CAPÍTULO 16
PREPOSITIONS
Prepositions
AT – reference (ponto no espaço – ponto de referência)
1- Time idea
a) HORAS
I wake up at 5:00 p.m.
b) SPECIAL DATAS
They always travel at Christmas.
 
c) AT RIGHT
I work at right.
d) Britain English: at the weekend
I dislike working at the weekend
2- Place idea
a) ADDRESS (nº + street)
Progressão is at 165 Almirante Tefé street.
b) REFERÊNCIAS
They are at Maracanã.
 
c) CIDADES COMO REFERÊNCIAS DE ESTAÇÕES OU 
AEROPORTOS
The bus doesn’t stop at Curitiba.
d) “at home” OU “at work”
Men at work
He’s at home
e) ANTES DE ESTAÇÕES OU AEROPORTOS
They are at Galeão
at once: imediatamente;
at least
at ease: à vontade
at fi rst: em princípio
at least: por último
at most
not at all: absolutamente não, pelo menos, no máximo
ON – surfaces (superfícies – linha reta) 
1- Time idea
a) THE DAYS OF THE WEEK
We study English on Wednesday.
b) DATES
I was born on 20 December, 1991.
c) SPECIAL DATE FOLLOWED BY “DAY” OR “EVE”
“All is quiet on New Year’s Day...”
d) American English: on the weekend
I dislike to work on the weekend
2- Place idea
a) SURFACES
The book is on the table.
b) ADDRESS (streets) somente nome da rua
Progressão is at 165 Almirante Tefé Street.
 
c) MEANS OF TRANSPORTATIONS (todo e qualquer meio de transporte 
onde pode locomover-se dentro)
They were on the bus when they called me. 
(ininterruptamente)_
d) “on foot” OU“by foot” (a pé) 
I come to school on foot
(andar
sem parar)
P.S.: Com alguns verbos, on é 
usado para expressar continuidade.
continuar
mostrando
continuar
andando
walk on – show on P.P.S.: on and on
IN – área
1- Time idea
a) MONTHS/YEARS
Brazil was discovered in 1500.
2- Place idea
a) BAIRROS, CIDADES, ESTADOS, PAÍSES, CONTINENTES.
They live in South America.
b) CARROS, TÁXIS.
He’s been sleeping in the car since they had an 
argument.
 
c) ÁREA
They are on the classroom.
WHAT’S THE DIFFERENCE???
on ti me X in ti me
pontualmente, no horário a tempo de se fazer
at the end X in the end
no fi nal (algo previsível) no fi nal (algo não previsível)
onto X off from
movimento para cima
The man jumped onto the 
horse.
movimento para fora da 
superfí cie
They are getti ng off from 
the bus.
into X out of
movimento para dentro
The kids ran into the 
room.
movimento para fora
They’re getti ng out of the 
car.
FROM (origem)
Where are you from? 
TO (destination)
They’re going to the beach.
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS
86
OF – conteúdo/posse
A glass of water
The book of John
WHAT’S THE DIFFERENCE???
of X from
“Feijoada” is made of 
porky and beans
Wine is made from grapes.
___________________________________________________
Uso do “BY”
1- Agente da Passiva
“Hamlet” and “Romeo and Juliet” were written by 
Shakespeare.
2- sentido de “around”
I got home by midnight.
3- sentido de “near”, “close to”
They live by the lake.
THROUGH
1- Através (locais com 2 ou mais saídas)
Go through the tunnel
Go to the Niteroi Plaza Mall
2- Idioms (coleções, séries, sagas, livros, coletâneas, quando 
vistos/lidos por inteiro)
I have read “Harry Potter” through.
I have seen “F.R.I.E.N.D.S.” through.
_______________________________________________
Upon = On = About
Topics:
BY X WITH
The window was broken by the boys with a stone
THROUGHOUT (» During)
They have been friends throughout their lives.
ACROSS: através de… (espaços abertos)
They’re swimming across the river.
Go across the street.
AWAY: distante
They went away.
They are away from us.
ON (Connect) X OFF (Disconnect)
Turn on the lights! Turn off the lights!
TAKE A LOOK!
They are getti ng on the bus X They are getti ng off from the bus
UP
Movimento para cima.
Go upstairs.
Go through the tunnel.
 
Go to the Niteroi Plaza Mall
Ações completas
Drink up your milk, sonny
DOWN: movimento para baixo.
Go down President Vargas Av.
WITH (company)
Who do you live with?
WITHOUT: “sem” (no sentido de não ter)
“I can’t live if living is without you”
 Harry Nilson: Without You
IN FRONT OF: “à frente” (no sentido de estar em � la)
Superman is in front of Batman
NEXT TO: “ao lado de” (estar “colado,” muito próximo)
The house 803 is next to the house 805.
OPPOSITE (cara-a-cara)
BEHIND: “atrás” (no sentido de estar em � la)
Cyclops is behind Professor Xavier. 
The Mall is opposite Ministério da Fazenda
TOWARDS (em direção a)
They are walking towards the Eiff el Tower.
embora existam diferenças entre as palavras “sob”, 
“embaixo”, “abaixo”, etc. para a língua inglesa, elas têm o 
mesmo sentido e podem ser usadas como sinônimos
embaixo, sob
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONSINGLÊS
87
UNDER:
BELOW: 
She’s lying beneath the stars thinking about the way love 
has saved her soul
BESIDE: “ao lado de”
Jean Grey is beside Cyclops.
BESIDES: “além de”
Besides Physics, we have to study Portuguese, 
Mathematics and English.
Besides studying English, we have to study Mathematics, 
Physics and Portuguese.
(Besides the fact that) we study English, we have to study 
Mathematics, Physics and Portuguese.
DESPITE = IN SPITE OF: “apesar de”
Despite the rain, they went to the beach.
Despite raining, they went to the beach.
In spite of the rain, they went to the beach.
In spite of raining, they went to the beach.
BETWEEN: “entre” (apenas dois elementos)
The white house is between black houses.
AMONG, AMONGST: “entre” (3 ou + elementos)
I was among the people in JMJ.
_____________________________________________
OVER
Acima (não enconsta, jamais!)
They’re fl ying over London.
Ações completes
Game Over!
ABOVE » OVER (acima)
The birds are above the tree.
BEYOND: “além de”
This is beyond my strength.
WITHIN = “dentro de” (limite temporal)
The enrollment will fi nish within two days.
EXERCISES:
1. Mark the only sentence that CANNOT be correctly com-
pleted with the preposition FROM:
a) Commercial sales of drugs derived __________ this one 
plant are about US$160 million a year.
b) Madagascar’s rosy periwinkle, a plant __________ Africa, 
provides two important anti-tumor agents.
c) Quinine, an aid in the cure of malaria, is an alkaloid extracted 
__________ the bark of the cinchona tree found in Latin 
America and Africa.
d) __________ 1960, only 19 percent of Hodgkin’s disease 
suff erers had a chance for survival.
e) Until recently, wild yams __________ Mexico and Guatemala 
provided the world with its entire supply of diosgenin, an 
active ingredient in birth control pills.
2. In the phrase “Exports to China are expected to quadruple 
by 2010”, BY is being used with the same meaning as in:
a) I’ll fi nish reading the book by midnight.
b) We could go to Gramado by car.
c) He paid the hotel expenses by cheque.
d) Forty divided by eight is fi ve.
e) Do you know “The Da Vinci Code” by Dan Brown?
3. Prepaid meters have been launched with the aim 
__________ improving water service; however, they 
might be a problem __________ those who cannot aff ord 
paying __________ water services.
a) to – for – of
b) on – to – for
c) of – to – on
d) for – on – of
e) of – for – for
4. Something is cooking __________ the oven.
a) up b) to c) in d) into e) for
5. It’s clear that Gossard and the rest of Pearl Jam no lon-
ger want to rely __________ anger and craziness to drive 
the band. – A preposição que deve acompanhar o verbo 
“rely”, relacionado no texto, é:
a) at b) on c) in d) for e) with
6. Scientists have been talking about producing better 
foods__________ genetic engineering ever since the 
technology fi rst became available more than 20 years 
go.
a) by.
b) for.
c) over.
d) through.
e) with.
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS
88
7. He walked __________ the room.
a) at
b) on
c) between
d) into
e) among
8.I read a chapter __________ politics.
a) on b) at c) above d) before e) after
9. __________ the circumstances you must go __________ 
foot.
a) Under – with
b) Under – by
c) On – on
d) Under – on
e) On – under
10. Complete com as palavras necessárias:
I was born __________ 2 o’clock __________ the
morning, __________ a Sunday __________ April
__________ the year 1958, __________ a farm
__________ a small village called Sta. Cruz, __________
the state of Goiás, Brazil.
a) on / in / on / in / in / in / in / in
b) on / in / on / in / of / in / in / in
c) at / in / on / in / of / on / in / on
d) at / in / in / in / of / in / in / in
e) at / in / on / in / of / in / in / in
11. The program Dr. Black is working __________ his col-
leagues __________ the department __________ psychi-
atry will build on a pioneering study done __________ 
1989. – Mark the item which contains the prepositions 
that complete the passage above:
a) with, of, about, in
b) with, on, from, in
c) with, in, of, in
d) without, at, by, on
e) without, from, after, on
12. An executive presiding over a lunchtime meeting 
__________ a busy San Francisco restaurant was hav-
ing no luck getting the waiter’s attention. So, using 
his cellular phone, he called the restaurant and asked 
__________ have some menus sent over __________ his 
table. It wored. Adapted from Reader’s Digest – Sep./95
Quais preposições completam corretamente o texto
anterior?
a) in, about, to
b) at, to, in
c) in, for, on
d) for, for, to
e) in, to, to
13. Assinale a alternativa correta para completar o espa-
ço em branco na sentença a seguir: She is very proud 
__________ her children.
a) at b) in c) on d) with e) of
14. Complete with the appropriate prepositions:
I. Howkind __________ you to invite us __________ your
party!
II. I’m sorry __________ him but even so I’m not sorry
__________ what I did.
III. Is the director confi dent __________ his abilities?
a) I. for/for; II. about/for; III. about
b) I. of/to; II. for/about; III. of
c) I. in/for; II. for/about; III. of
d) I. on/to; II. for/in; III. in
e) I. for/on; II. of/for; III. With
15. Complete with the appropriate prepositions:
I. My wife was very glad __________ taking a trip abroad.
II. Are you hopeful __________ receiving a nice gift?
III. Whatever is good __________ you will be acceptable
__________ me. 
IV. Criminals belong __________ jail.
a) I. in; II. about; III. for/for; IV. to
b) I. on; II. of; III. about/for; IV. to
c) I. with; II. for; III. for/to; IV. on
d) I. about; II. of; III. for/to; IV. in
e) I. of; II. in; III. to/to; IV. At
16. Choose the CORRECT alternative to complete the sen-
tence: That girl __________ the corner told everybody 
she is going __________ leave __________ New York 
__________ seven tomorrow night, __________ a huge 
airplane.
a) by – for – on – in – at
b) under – below – by – at – for
c) through – into – onto – on – on
d) on – to – for – at – by
e) on – to – for – in – by
17. Indicate the alternative that best completes the llowing 
sentence:__________ you know, Jack is a soldier, but he 
walks__________ a general.
a) How; how
b) As; like
c) As; as
d) Like; as
e) How; like
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONSINGLÊS
89
18. The sentence in which FOR is used in the same way as in
“These knives are now used for some general surgery” is:
a) The laser has been used for years.
b) The technician is leaving for Tokyo.
c) This telephone records word for word.
d) The laser has become popular for its wide applicability.
e) Doctors use laser for several types of operations.
19. In “The sweet-and-lovely look is OUT; the aggressive 
punk pose is IN”, the capital words stand for:
a) out of work / in vogue
b) out of sight / in mind
c) out of order / in memory
d) out of date / in fashion
e) out of mind / in sight
20. One of the most famous monuments in the world, the 
Statue of Liberty, was presented to the United States of 
America in the nineteenth century by the people of Fran-
ce.
– Preencha a lacuna de acordo com o texto:
Who was the st atue presented __________?
a) from
b) for
c) by
d) at
e) in
21. Olajuwon should have no trouble promoting his pro-
duct. “All I drink is water”, says he. OVER a gallon a day. 
– A palavra OVER, no texto, signifi ca:
a) sobre.
b) em cima de.
c) super.
d) mais do que.
e) abaixo de.
22._________ the end, he gave __________ discussing 
__________ his father and said he would go __________ 
medicine.
a) In – up – with – in for
b) At – up – with – in
c) In – out – about –into
d) At – in – with – out in
e) In – at – on – up at
23. Assinale a alternativa correta: Fried potatoes are called 
“French Fries” __________ the United States.
a) on
b) about
c) of
d) from
e) in
24. Assinale a alternativa correta:
Very little is known __________ nuclear energy.
a) of
b) over
c) in
d) into
e) about
25. Assinale a alternativa correta:
Aspirin is the best drug to fi ght __________ headache.
a) on
b) against
c) with
d) to
e) for
26. Assinale a alternativa correta:
That experiment was performed __________ important
scientists.
a) by
b) to
c) from
d) against
e) for
27. Assinale a alternativa correta:
We stayed in Rome __________ two months.
a) since b) at c) in d) on e) for
28. The word LIKE in “Premier researchers use the Net to test 
projects like real-time, 3D models of colliding galaxies or 
rampaging tornadoes” introduces elements of:
a) exemplifi cation.
b) generalization.
c) reformulation.
d) comparison.
e) addition.
29. Specialty Minerals do Brasil, an international, resear-
chbased company, (I) several openings for Operator 
Technicians at its plant in Jacareí. The successful candi-
date will be responsible (II) operating a computercon-
trolled process, performing quality control lab tests, 
unloading of bulk product, loading tanker trucks with 
fi nished product, and other duties as assigned. Avail-
ability (III) travel abroad is required. – As lacunas I, II a III 
devem ser preenchidas respectivamente por:
a) I. has, II. for, III. for
b) I. have, II. by, III. of
c) I. have, II. for, III. of
d) I. has, II. for, III. to
e) I. has, II. by, III. to
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS
90
30. 
Mensagem Capadócia
Um adesivo “made in Paraguai” anda circulando nos
vidros dos carros paulistanos: “Good girls go to heaven,
bad girls go to everywhere”. É de doer, posto que o
correto seria: “__________”.
Bárbara Gancia, Folha do São Paulo de 7/06/96.
– A perspicácia da colunista se faz notar de diversas
formas no texto anterior. Uma delas é através da correção
de uma impropriedade normativa. Qual seria a frase fi nal do 
texto, aqui omitida propositalmente?
a) Good girls go heaven, bad girls everywhere.
b) Good girls go heaven, bad girls go everywhere.
c) Good girls go to heaven, bad girls to go to everywhere.
d) Good girls go to heaven, bad girls go everywhere.
e) Good girls go heaven, bad girls go to everywhere.
31. Probably the only thing that Brazil’s two pay TV heavy-
weights, Globo and TVA, agree __________ is that the 
country’s multichannel business is on the verge of a 
boom.
– Qual a preposição que melhor preenche a lacuna?
a) for
b) on
c) at
d) by
e) in
32. The following sentences must be completed with “be-
tween” or “among”:
I. There were no radicals __________ her close friends.
II. The students talked quietly __________ themselves
before the test started.
III. The father and the mother sat in the sofa, with the
baby __________ them.
IV. The Queen of England is not very popular now
__________ the British people.
V. There is much diff erence __________ the American
and the Brazilian education systems.
– “Between” must be used in sentences:
a) III and V only.
b) I, II and III only.
c) II, III and IV only.
d) II, IV and V only.
e) I, II, III and V only.
33. Fill in the blanks of the text below with the correct 
prepositions: No higher education reforms are likely to 
be adopted __________ time to aff ect the choice that 
a student or his family makes about where the student 
should go to college today. For a student, not having 
to worry about cost would be a wonderful option. But 
__________ almost every student to be able to go to 
school these days, working out matters of cost is an es-
sential part __________ choosing the best college.
a) on, to and in
b) on, for and at
c) in, for and of
d) in, before and in
e) about, to and of
34. Fill in the blank below with the best alternative:
Political corruption and civil unrest are __________
Mexico’s modern problems.
a) because
b) between
c) throughout
d) among
e) although
35. Complete:
Pablo said that __________ Spain, everybody sleeps
__________ 1 and 4 PM.
a) with – among
b) among – between
c) between – among
d) among – at
e) in – at
ANSWER-KEY:
01D 
02A 
03E 
04C 
05B 
06D 
07D 
08A 
09D 
10E
11C 
12E 
13E 
14B 
15D 
16D 
17B 
18E 
19D 
20C
21D 
22A 
23E 
24E 
25B 
26ª
27 E 
28A school these days, working out matters of cost is an es- 28A 
CAPÍTULO 16 – PREPOSITIONSINGLÊS
91
29D 
30D
31B 
32A 
33C 
34D 
35B
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO:
WANNABE – SPICE GIRLS
Yo I’ll tell you what I want, what I really really want,
So tell me what you want, what you really really want,
I’ll tell you what I want, what I really really want,
So tell me what you want, what you really really want,
I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna really
Really really wanna zigazig ha.
If you want my future forget my past,
If you wanna get with me better make it fast,
Now don’t go wasting my precious time,
Get your act together we could be just fi ne.
I’ll tell you what I want, what I really really want,
So tell me what you want, what you really really want,
I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna really
Really really wanna zigazig ha.
If you wanna be my lover, 
you gotta get with myfriends,
Make it last forever friendship never ends,
If you wanna be my lover, you have got to give,
Taking is too easy, but that’s the way it is.
What do you think about that now you know how I feel,
Say you can handle my love are you for real,
I won’t be hasty, I’ll give you a try,
If you really bug me then I’ll say goodbye.
Yo I’ll tell you what I want, what I really really want,
So tell me what you want, what you really really want,
I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna, I wanna really
Really really wanna zig zig ha.
If you wanna be my lover, 
you gotta get with my friends,
Make it last forever friendship never ends,
If you wanna be my lover, you have got to give,
Taking is too easy, but that’s the way it is.
So here’s a story from a to z, 
you wanna get with me
You gotta listen carefully,
We got “em” in the place 
who likes it in your face,
We got g like mc 
who likes it on an
Easy v doesn’t come for free, 
she’s a real lady,
And as for me, ha you’ll see,
Slam your body down and wind it all around,
Slam your body down and wind it all around.
If you wanna be my lover, 
you gotta get with my friends,
Make it last forever friendship never ends,
If you wanna be my lover, you have got to give,
Taking is too easy, but that’s the way it is.
If you wanna be my lover, you gotta, you gotta, you gotta,
You gotta, you gotta, slam, slam, slam, slam,
Slam your body down and wind it all around,
Slam your body down and wind it all around,
Slam your body down and wind it all around,
Slam your body down zigazig ah.
If you wanna be my lover.
 
CAPÍTULO 17 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS
92
CAPÍTULO 17
THE DEFINITE ARTICLE: THE
1.Antes de elementos óbvios:
Open the door, please!
2.Antes de elementos pré-especifi cados:
I saw a girl. I think the girl is an international top model.
3.Antes de elementos únicos na natureza:
The Sun, the moon.
4.Antes das palavras "sky", "capital", "environment", 
"world", "fl oor = ground":
We must do something to preserve the environment.
5.TV, no sentido do aparelho:
I see TV at night. " Please, turn up the TV.
6.Radio, no sentido do aparelho:
I love listen radio at night. " "And I listen to the radio " " 
The Corrs
7.Antes de espécies de animais no singular:
The whale is the largest mammal on Earth.
8.Antes de instrumentos musicais:
She can play the akelele.
9.Antes de invenções:
The telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell.
10. Antes de superlativos:
Vatican is the smallest country in the world.
11. Na estrutura: "the + CS, the + CS":
"The closer I get to you, the more you make me see"
12. Antes de nacionalidades:-an (s)
-ian (s)
-ese
-ish
The Brazilians are friendly.
13. Antes de adjetivos no singular, se referindo à 
categoria:
The young are getting lost. � The young man is getting 
lost
( jovens em geral) (apenas este rapaz 
jovem)
14. Antes de sobrenomes no plural, se referindo à 
família:
The Simpsons
The Adams
The Silvas
18. Antes de nomes compostos de países:
The United Kingdom
The Great Britain
The United States of America
The Netherlands
The Philippines
The Czech Republic
The Canary Islands
19. Antes de nomes de "mount", "mountain", "Lake" 
ou "Lagoon":
The Everest
The Titicaca
20. Se mencionarmos o acidente geográfi co, omite-
se o artigo:
Mount Everest
Lake Titicaca
21. Antes de nomes de "Rivers" ou "Forest":
The Amazon - The Amazon Forest
22. Antes de nomes de revistas ou jornais:
The Sun
The New York Times
23. Antes de títulos de nobreza ou governo:
The Queen of England.
The President of U.S.A.
24. Se mencionarmos o nome, omite-se o artigo:
Queen Elizabeth
President Barack Obama
25. Antes de Monumentos:
The Eiff el Tower
The London Eye
The Piza Tower
26. Antes de cadeia de hotéis:
The Copacabana Palace Hotel.
27. Antes de décadas ou séculos:
Black Power was fashion in the 1970's
 
28. 
29. But!
The coff ee we drank at the hotel was superb.
30 - Antes de numerous ordinais:
‡
CAPÍTULO 17 – PREPOSITIONSINGLÊS
93
She was the fi rst student in her group.
31 - Nunca se usa antes de possessivos.
He is my best friend.
32 - Antes das estações do ano se especifi cadas:
"When I met you in the summer..."
33 - Antes do Genitive case: (Posse)
The boy's toy.
The Genitive Case ('s)
1. possuidor + 's elemento
The girl's doll
2. Se o possuidor estiver no singular terminado 
com -s, pode receber ' ou 's.
Charles' son
Charles's son
3. Se estiver no plural regular, só recebe ' .
The boys' toys.
4. Se estiver no plural irregular, recebem 's .
The children's bedromm.
5. Se duas ou mais pessoas tiverem o mesmo 
elemento, apenas o último recebe 's .
Clair and Kady's parentes.
6. Se cada um tiver o seu, diferente, todos 
recebem 's .
Fred's and Tom's tablets.
EXERCISES:
1. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à sequência 
que completa as lacunas a seguir:
__________ Indian the ecologist saw, started __________
horrible fi re because of __________ ordinary yellow bird
__________ fl ew over his head.
a) a; the; a; who
b) an; the; a; whose
c) the; a; an; which
d) the; an; a; whom
e) a; an; a; which
2. In __________ beginning, __________ religion played 
__________ important part in __________ history of 
__________ Brazil.
a) a / the / a / the / *
b) * / the / an / the / *
c) the / the / a / the / *
d) the / * / an / the / *
e) the / the / an / the / *
3. __________ money is very important, but you can’t 
buy__________ bit of luck with all __________ money 
you have.
a) The / a / the
b) * / a / the
c) A / a / the
d) Some / a / the
e) The / a / *
4. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as la-
cunas da frase a seguir: It was __________ honor for us 
to see __________ Queen of __________ England.
a) a - the - the
b) * - a - *
c) an - a - the
d) the - * - an
e) an - the - *
5. Fill in the blanks of the following sentence with the de-
fi nite article: __________ Brazil is __________ most in-
dustrial country in __________ South America, while 
__________ United States holds __________ same posi-
tion in _______North America.
a) the; the; the; the; the; the
b) *; the; the; *; the; *
c) *; the; *; the; the; *
d) *; the; the; the; the; *
e) the; *; *; *; the; the
6. Fred: I’ve been thinking of buying __________.
Sam: Really? Which make are you considering?
Fred: That doesn’t matter as long as __________ is
economical.
a) a car - some car
b) a car - the car
c) some car - car
d) the car - a car
e) car - a car
CAPÍTULO 17 – PREPOSITIONS INGLÊS
94
7. Read this sentence:
__________ good idea is __________ good idea, whether
it’s done in __________ one, __________ three or 33
countries.
- It is completed by the following sequence:
a) A / no article / the / the
b) no article / no article / a / a
c) The / the / no article / no article
d) A / a / no article / no article
e) The / no article / a / no article
8. In which of the sentences we MUSTN’T use the article THE 
to complete the blanks?
a) __________ Statue of Liberty is visited by thousands of
tourists every year.
b) Lots of people enjoy __________ amount of time they
spend outdoors.
c) Richard Claydermann will play __________ piano for
hundred people in the theatre tomorrow.
d) Economically, __________ London is considered one of
the most important cities in Europe.
e) Who is __________ next to be interviewed?
9. __________ lemon originated in __________ China and 
spread south to __________ Malaysian islands and 
west to____ India.
a) A / the / the / *
b) * / * / * / *
c) The / the / the / the
d) A / the / * / *
e) The / * / the / *
10. Which is the correct alternative about the use of the ar-
ticle
“the” in the phrases below?
I. You mustn’t smoke in __________ class.
II. Marcos has all the right qualifi cations for __________ job.
III. Sometimes there are shows in __________ Central Park.
IV. __________ Mercury is the smallest planet in
__________ Solar System.
V. __________ liberty and __________ democracy are
idealized since __________ French Revolution.
a) Only in sentences I and II it’s necessary to use the articleTHE.
b) It’s correct to use THE in all blank spaces.
c) In alternatives I, III, IV and V it’s correct to complete the 
spaces with THE.
d) About alternative V, it only needs the article in the third 
space.
e) We have to use THE only in the second space of phrase 
number IV.
11. Choose the alternative in which the defi nite article is used 
correctly:
a) The Brazilians are very friendly.
b) The old man is arriving right now.
c) The spring is the season of fl owers.
d) The New York is a very beautiful city.
12. Mark the correct option:__________ Mr. Smith called you 
when you were out.
a) A b) An c) The d) No
13. Complete corretamente o texto a seguir:
The pianist I told you about lives in __________
(I) one-story building on Main Street. Although she isn�t 
__________
(II) professional musician, she plays __________ 
(III) pianoextremely well.
a) an - a - the
b) * - * - a
c) a - a - the
d) an - * - *
e) the - * - *
14. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à sequência na qual 
se inclui um uso inadequado do artigo em inglês:
a) a watch; a pity; an orange.
b) an umbrella; a real eff ort; a year.
c) a small plane; an idea; a whale.
d) a one-man show; an university; a private investigator.
e) an egg; an uncle; a book.
15. Complete corretamente as sentenças abaixo:
- __________ life you want is really fascinating.
- I felt __________ love in her touch.
- Carlson, __________ teacher, has become __________ rich
man.
- Everybody intends to enter in __________ university.
- Johnson bought __________ ewe.
a) The - the - a/ a - an - a
b) The - * - the/ a - a - a
c) The - the - the/ a - a - an
d) * - * - the/ a - an - a
e) The - * - the/ a - an - an
16. Marque a alternativa que corretamente preenche as la-
cunas I e II da sentença a seguir: __________ (I) Dr. Brown 
refused to talk to __________ (II)doctor who wanted to 
help him é:
a) the - the
b) * - the
c) * - an
d) the - a
e) the - an
CAPÍTULO 17 – PREPOSITIONSINGLÊS
95
17. Read the following text and fi ll in the gaps with the cor-
rect sequence of articles:
The Strokes are __________ American rock band formed in
1998 that rose to fame in __________ early 2000s as
__________ leading group in __________ garage rock
revival. Upon __________ release of their acclaimed debut
album Is This It in 2001, many critics hyped __________
group as the “saviors of rock” for __________ their stripped
down sound, heavily infl uenced by bands such as The Velvet
Underground. Since then, __________ band has maintained
__________ large fan base and has enjoyed much
__________ success, particularly in __________ United
Kingdom.
Adapted from http://en.wikipedia.org/
a) an - an - a - the - the - the - a - the - a - no article - the
b) an - the - an - a - the - the - no article - the - a - a - the
c) an - the - a - the - the - the - no article - the - a - no
article - the
d) an - the - a - the - the - the - no article - the - a - no
article - no article
e) an - the - a - no article - a - the - no article - the - a - a
- the
18. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente a la-
cuna:
The __________ uncle was dead.
a) writer
b) writers
c) writer of
d) writer’s
e) writers of the
19. __________ farm is that large one? It is __________.
a) Which - Peter’s
b) Whose - Peter’s
c) Whose - of Peter
d) Which - for Peter
e) What - Peter’s
20, Complete:
__________ wives arrived together.
a) Alan's and Victor's
b) Alan's and Victor
c) Alan and Victor's
d) Alan' and Victor'
e) Alan' and Victor's
ANSWER-KEY
01- c
02 - d
03 - b
04 - e
05 - c
06 - b
07 - d
08 - d
09 - e
10 - d
11 - b
12 - a
13 - c
14 - d
15 - b
16 - b
17 - c
18 - d
19 - b
20 - a
SUGESTÃO DE TRADUÇÃO:
LA ISLA BONITA - MADONNA
(Spoken:)
Como puede ser verdad
How could it be true? 
Last night I dreamt of San Pedro
Just like I’d never gone, I knew the song
A young girl with eyes like the desert
It all seems like yesterday, not far away
Chorus:
Tropical the island breeze
All of nature wild and free
This is where I long to be
La isla bonita
And when the samba played
The sun would set so high
Ring through my ears and sting my eyes
Your Spanish lullaby
The beautiful island
I fell in love with San Pedro
Warm wind carried on the sea, he called to me
Te dijo te amo
I prayed that the days would last
They went so fast
He told you, “I love you”
(chorus)
I want to be where the sun warms the sky
When it’s time for siesta you can watch them go by
Beautiful faces, no cares in this world
Where a girl loves a boy, and a boy loves a girl
Last night I dreamt of San Pedro
It all seems like yesterday, not far away
(chorus twice)
La la la la la la la
Te dijo te amo
La la la la la la la
El dijo que te ama
He told you, “I love you”
He said he loves you
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBS INGLÊS
96
CAPÍTULO 18
PHRASAL VERBS
Esses verbos podem ser classifi cados quanto:
Ao signifi cado:
PHRASAL VERBS: o signifi cado NÃO pode 
ser deduzido a partir do verbo e da partícula 
adverbial.
PREPOSITIONAL VERBS: o signifi cado PODE ser 
deduzido a partir das partes que o compõem.
Ao número de palavras:
A TWO-WORD VERB / TWO-PART VERB: to put on 
(vestir) - Put on your jacket! (Vista a sua jaqueta!)
A THREE-WORD  VERB / THREE-PART VERB: to put 
up with (tolerar) - I can’t put up with this noise. 
(Não posso tolerar este barulho.).
 Phrasal Verbs 
São verbos de duas ou três partes formados 
basicamente por um verbo mais uma ou duas 
partículas, que o complementam. isto é, podem 
ser classifi cados como sendo uma frase.As 
partículas podem ser preposições ou advérbios e 
o signifi cado total das palavras é geralmente 
diferente do signifi cado individual dos 
elementos que o compõem. Sendo assim, 
não podem ser traduzidos literalmente na 
maioria das vezes e devem ser encarados como 
vocábulos independentes dos elementos que os 
compõem. 
Exemplo: sit (verbo) + down (advérbio) = sit 
down (sentar)
get (verbo) + in (preposição) = get in (entrar)
Características 
Como podemos ver a partir dos exemplos 
acima, os phrasal verbs são formados da 
seguinte maneira:
verbo + uma partícula (preposição ou advér-
bio)
Os phrasal verbs são uma peculiaridade da 
língua inglesa que dão um tom mais informal 
à linguagem e estão presentes em inúmeras 
situações, tanto no dia a dia quanto nas situações 
que requerem uma certa formalidade. A aparente 
difi culdade em entendê-los deve-se ao fato de 
que eles não existem em português.
1. O verbo que segue de base para o phrasal 
verb pode ser regular ou irregular: call (regular), 
give (irregular). 
2. Em alguns casos, a partícula pode ser separada 
do verbo, isto é, o objeto é colocado entre o verbo 
e a partícula. Quando o objeto for um pronome, 
a partícula será, necessariamente, separada. 
Observe os exemplos a seguir:
Please turn on the light. = Please turn the light 
on. = Please turn it on. (Por favor, ligue a luz.)
She switched on the TV. = She switched the TV 
on. = She switched it on. (Ela ligou a televisão.)
Take off your shoes. = Take your shoes off . = 
Take them off . (Tire seus sapatos.)
3. Há casos, no entanto, em que a partícula 
não pode ser separada do verbo. Veja alguns 
exemplos abaixo:
While she was cleaning the house, she came 
across a pair of gold earrings. (Enquanto ela esta-
va limpando a casa, encontrou um par de brincos 
de ouro.)
Your daughter doesn’t take after you at all. (Sua 
fi lha não se parece nada com você.)
4. Como os outros verbos, os phrasal verbs 
podem ser transitivos (requerem objeto, pois seu 
sentido não está completo em si) ou intransitivos 
(seu sentido está completo em si e portanto, não 
requerem objeto). Quando transitivos, os phrasal 
verbs podem ser separados. Observe:
He took off his jacket. = He took his jacket off . 
(Ele tirou o casaco.)
                   (obj. dir.)
Tha plane took off . (O avião decolou.)
Os Phrasal Verbs transitivos são subdivididos em:
- Inseparáveis
What a terrible journey! We broke down twice on 
the way home. (Que viagem terrível! Nosso car-
ro quebrou duas vezes no caminho de volta para 
casa.)
CAPÍTULO18 – PHRASAL VERBSINGLÊS
97
- Separáveis 
Please, turn on the light. = (Por favor, ligue a luz.)
Please, turn the light on.
Please, turn it on.
Please, turn on it. Errado! A Separação é 
obrigatória quando se utiliza o pronome it.
5. Alguns phrasal verbs apresentam partículas que 
servem apenas para indicar que a ação está com-
pleta ou para reforçar/enfatizar o sentido do ver-
bo. Este verbo é frequentemente formado com a 
partícula up.  Exemplos:
cut off - cortar
burn up - queimar
mix up – misturar
PHRASAL VERBS SEPARÁVEIS
add up - somar (algo); totalizar
back up - mover-se para trás (em veículo); apoiar algo 
ou alguém; fazer uma segunda cópia de algum arquivo, 
programa, etc. (informática) 
bring off - realizar algo difícil, obter sucesso em algo
bring on - causar algo, ser o motivo de alguma coisa 
(geralmente algo desagradável)
bring out - publicar; enfatizar algo
bring round (also bring to) - fazer alguém que está 
inconsciente voltar a si
bring up - criar, cuidar de alguém desde a infância; 
mencionar um assunto, começar a falar sobre algo
brush aside - fazer pouco caso de 
burn down - queimar completamente, destruir algo por 
causa do fogo
burn up - destruir algo por causa do fogo
buy out - comprar a parte de alguém em algum negócio
buy up - comprar tudo ou a maior quantidade possível 
de algo
call off - cancelar
call up - ligar para alguém; recrutar alguém (exército)
calm down - acalmar-se, acalmar alguém
carry on - continuar (com algo/a fazer algo)
carry out - cumprir algo; realizar (tarefa, função)
catch up - alcançar alguém 
cheer up - alegrar-se, alegrar algo ou alguém 
chop up - cortar algo em pequenos pedaços
clean off - tirar a sujeira de algo
clean out - limpar a parte interior de algo, fazer uma 
limpeza caprichada
clean up - limpar algo
clear out - arrumar e limpar algo colocando coisas fora 
ou removendo-as
clear up - limpar e organizar algo; esclarecer, resolver, 
explicar algo
close down - fechar algo (empresa, loja, etc.)
close up - fechar algo temporariamente, por algumas 
horas, minutos, etc.
count in - incluir algo ou alguém
count out - excluir algo ou alguém
cross out/off - riscar, tirar algo ou alguém de uma lista
cut down - reduzir algo; cortar, derrubar (árvore, etc.)
cut off - deserdar alguém; cortar algo (linha telefônica, 
etc.); interromper alguém que está falando; diminuir; 
remover; bloquear ou fi car no caminho de algo; isolar 
alguém 
cut out - cortar algo (roupa, molde); excluir alguém; 
omitir algo; bloquear (luz); cortar algo; deixar de fazer 
ou comer alguma coisa 
draw up - redigir, preparar um documento
dress up - fantasiar-se; arrumar-se; disfarçar algo 
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBS INGLÊS
98
eat up - comer tudo
fi gure out - entender; descobrir, decifrar algo
fi ll up - completar, encher, abastecer
fi nd out - descobrir algo; informar-se de algo; 
desmascarar alguém (que estava fazendo algo errado)
fi x up - consertar; reformar; decorar algo
get across - comunicar algo a alguém; fazer-se entender 
por alguém
give back - devolver algo a alguém
give out - distribuir algo 
hand down - passar algo para alguém mais novo 
(conhecimento, etc.); anunciar algo ofi cialmente
hand over - passar o cargo, a responsabilidade de algo 
para alguém
hang up - usar algo pela última vez
have on - vestir
hold up - atrasar algo ou alguém; usar algo ou alguém 
como exemplo; assaltar
keep up - manter o padrão de algo; continuar a fazer 
algo; cuidar de uma casa, jardim, etc.
leave out - omitir, não incluir ou mencionar algo ou 
alguém 
let down - decepcionar alguém
let out - aumentar o tamanho de uma peça de roupa
light up - acender um cigarro; iluminar algo 
live down - ser capaz de fazer alguém esquecer algo 
errado que você tenha feito
make over - dar algo legalmente para alguém
pass on - transmitir (uma mensagem para alguém); 
passar algo para alguém
pass up - não aproveitar uma oportunidade, chance, etc. 
pay back - devolver o dinheiro para alguém
pay off - pagar e despedir alguém; subornar alguém; 
quitar uma dívida 
pick up - atender ao telefone; pegar alguém (de 
carro); fazer alguém se sentir melhor; prender alguém; 
aprender algo por acaso; pegar algo ou alguém
play down - minimizar a importância de algo
play up - exagerar, enfatizar, dar maior valor a algo
point out - apontar, indicar algo ou alguém
pull down - demolir
put off - adiar; perturbar, incomodar alguém 
put on - vestir-se; fi ngir
put up - dar pouso para alguém; levantar algo (mão); 
construir (edifício); colocar algo (cartaz, bandeira, etc.)
quiet down - acalmar-se, acalmar alguém
rinse out - enxaguar algo
rule out - eliminar, descartar alguém, uma possibilidade, 
uma proposta, etc.
run down - atropelar alguém
run off - fugir, escapar com algo; tirar cópia de algo
save up - poupar, economizar dinheiro
see off - despedir-se de alguém
see through - não deixar de fazer algo até que isso tenha 
terminado
send over/off - mandar algo por correio, e-mail, etc.
set up - combinar algo; montar algo
show off - mostrar, exibir algo ou alguém com orgulho
shut off - cortar algo (fornecimento)
slow up - reduzir a velocidade de algo (trabalho, 
pesquisa, etc.); reduzir a velocidade, ir mais devagar
spell out - explicar algo claramente; soletrar ou escrever 
as letras de uma palavra na ordem correta
stand up - não ir encontrar alguém que você combinou 
de encontrar
sweep out - varrer
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBSINGLÊS
99
take back - retirar algo que se disse ou escreveu; aceitar 
algo de volta (loja)
take down - anotar algo; desmontar algo
take in - entender, assimilar ou lembrar algo que se 
ouviu ou leu
take off - tirar algo (calçados, roupas, etc.) 
take over - assumir o controle de algo (empresa, 
negócios, etc.)
talk over - discutir
tear down - destruir, demolir
tear up - rasgar em pedaços (documentos, cartas, fotos, 
etc.)
tell off - xingar alguém
think over - refl etir sobre algo
think through - pensar muito bem
think up - inventar algo; pensar em algo
throw away - jogar algo fora
tie up - amarrar algo ou alguém
tire out - esgotar alguém, esgotar-se
touch up - retocar (maquiagem)
try on - experimentar algo (roupas, sapatos, etc.)
try out - testar
turn down - rejeitar algo ou alguém; abaixar algo (rádio, 
ar-condicionado, televisão, etc.)
turn off - apagar algo (luz); fechar algo (torneira); 
desligar algo (rádio, TV, motor, etc.)
turn on - acender algo (luz); abrir algo (torneira); ligar 
algo (rádio, TV, motor, etc.)
turn out - produzir; expulsar alguém de algum lugar; 
apagar (luz)
wash off - tirar algo lavando
wash out - lavar algo
wear out - desgastar-se; fi car gasto devido ao excesso de 
uso; gastar; esgotar alguém
wind up - terminar, concluir algo; irritar, provocar 
alguém; liquidar algo (negócio); dar corda (relógio)
wipe off - limpar, enxugar algo
wipe out - aniquilar, destruir algo; erradicar (doença, 
crime, etc.)
work out - calcular algo; solucionar algo; planejar, 
elaborar algo
write down - anotar algo
write out - escrever algo (por extenso ou a limpo); copiar 
algo
write up - redigir algo 
PHRASAL VERBS INSEPARÁVEIS
back out of - voltar atrás (em um acordo, etc.)
bear down on - fazer força para baixo
bear on - ter a ver com, estar relacionado com
bear up under - suportar, resistir
break down - parar de funcionar (carro, máquina, etc.); 
falhar (negociações); dividir algo em partes; perder o 
controle dos sentimentos
break into - entrar à força em uma residência; abrir algo 
à força
break in on - interromper, perturbar algo
call for - buscar alguém; requerer algo
care for - ter afeição por alguém; cuidar de alguém; 
gostar de algo; querer algo
carry on with - continuar a fazer algo, prosseguir
catch up with - alcançar alguém
check up on - investigar algo ou alguém; verifi car
come across - encontrar algo ou alguém por acaso
come along with - acompanhar alguém; chegar, 
aparecer; melhorar, progredir
come by - conseguir algo, adquiriralgo
come down with - adoecer
come out with - dizer algo surpreendente
come through - obter sucesso e algo que se faz; 
sobreviver a algo
come up with/in/on - encontrar uma resposta, uma 
soma
count on - contar com alguém
cut in on - interromper alguém quando está falando; 
cortar (outro carro)
disagree with - fazer mal a alguém (comida, clima, etc.)
do away with - desfazer-se de algo; abolir algo
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBS INGLÊS
100
do without - passar sem algo ou alguém
drop in at/on - fazer uma visita informal a alguém ou a 
algum lugar
drop out of - retirar-se de algo; não fazer mais parte de 
algo; sair da universidade; afastar-se da sociedade
face up to - enfrentar algo ou alguém
fall back on - recorrer a algo ou alguém
fall behind - fi car para trás, fi car atrás de algo ou alguém
fall out with - brigar com alguém
fi ll in for - substituir alguém
get ahead of - ultrapassar alguém
get around - mover-se (pessoa, animal); circular, correr 
(notícia, boato)
get away with - sair impune de algo errado que se fez
get by with - conseguir viver ou fazer algo com o que se 
tem
get down to - começar a fazer algo; dar maior atenção 
a algo
get in - entrar (em um veículo)
get off  - sair (do trabalho com permissão); sair (ônibus, 
trem, etc.)
get on with - prosseguir com algo
get through with - terminar, completar (tarefa, trabalho, 
etc.)
give up - desistir
go back on - não cumprir algo (promessa, palavra, etc.)
go for - ser válido para alguém/algo; escolher
go in for - interessar-se por (fazer) algo (hobby, etc.)
go on with - continuar com algo, a fazer algo
go over - examinar, revisar algo
go with - cair bem, combinar com
go without - passar sem algo
hang around - fi car sem fazer nada; esperar sem fazer 
nada
hang up - desligar o telefone
hear from - ter notícias de alguém
hear of - ouvir falar de algo ou alguém
hit on - descobrir, ter uma ideia por acaso
hold on to - agarrar algo ou alguém
hold out - resistir, durar
keep at - continuar trabalhando em algo
keep up with - manter-se no mesmo nível de algo ou 
alguém
lie down - deitar-se
live on - continuar a viver
live up to - corresponder às expectativas
look after - cuidar-se, cuidar de alguém
look back on - recordar algo
look down on - desprezar algo ou alguém
look forward to - aguardar algo/fazer algo com 
ansiedade
look up to - respeitar, admirar alguém
make up for - compensar algo
move over - mudar de lugar a fi m de ceder espaço a 
alguém
pass away - morrer
pass on - morrer
pass out - desmaiar
pick on - implicar com alguém; escolher alguém (para 
um trabalho desagradável)
play up - enfatizar a importância de algo ou alguém
put up with - tolerar, aguentar algo ou alguém
read up on - ler, pesquisar; estudar ou aprender algo 
através de leitura
run against - encontrar alguém por acaso; opôr-se a 
algo ou alguém; competir com alguém em uma eleição
run away with - fugir de algo ou alguém; deixar algo ou 
alguém de repente
see about - encarregar-se de algo; fazer algo
see to - organizar, supervisionar, providenciar algo
settle on - decidir, escolher algo
stand for - signifi car, representar algo
stand up for - apoiar, defender algo, alguém ou a si 
mesmo
stand up to sb - fazer frente a alguém
stick to - persistir
stick up for - apoiar, defender algo, alguém ou a si 
mesmo
take after - parecer-se com algum membro mais velho 
da família
talk back to - responder a alguém de maneira grosseira
tell on - dedurar alguém para alguma autoridade
touch on - mencionar algo brevemente
turn into - tornar-se
wait on - servir alguém
wait up for - esperar acordado por alguém
watch out for - ter cuidado com algo ou alguém
work out - exercitar-se
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBSINGLÊS
101
PHRASAL VERBOS INTRANSITIVOS
back down - ceder; abandonar um argumento, uma 
opinião ou uma reivindicação, reclamação
back out - voltar atrás (em um acordo, etc.); não cumprir 
uma promessa; abandonar algo sem estar completo; 
desistir de algo
back up - mover-se para trás, principalmente em um 
veículo
bear up - suportar, resistir, enfrentar da melhor maneira 
possível uma situação difícil
blow in - chegar, entrar em algum lugar de repente
blow over - minguar, acalmar ou passar (tempestade, 
escândalo) sem causar consequências drásticas
blow up - explodir (bomba, etc.); estourar (tempestade, 
escândalo); perder a paciência
calm down - acalmar-se, acalmar alguém
carry on - continuar (caminhando, etc.); comportar-
se de maneira imprópria, tola; brigar, reclamar 
escandalosamente
catch on - entrar na moda; entender algo
check out - pagar a conta e partir (de um hotel, etc.)
cheer up - animar-se, animar alguém
clear out - ir embora rapidamente
clear up - abrir (tempo)
close down - fechar algo permanentemente (loja, 
empresa, etc.)
close up - fechar algo temporariamente
come about - ocorrer, suceder
come along - chegar, aparecer; ir em algum lugar com 
alguém; melhorar, progredir
come back - voltar
come by - fazer uma visita rápida a alguém
come out - aparecer (sol, lua, etc.); abrir (fl ores); publicar, 
produzir
come over - fazer uma visita rápida a alguém
cut in - interromper alguém quando a pessoa está falando
die away - desaparecer aos poucos
die down - apagar-se, diminuir gradualmente
die off  - morrer um após o outro até não sobrar nenhum, 
sofrer um declínio na população
die out - extinguir(-se); desaparecer (tradições)
dress up - arrumar-se
drop in/drop over- dar uma passada na casa de alguém 
ou em algum lugar
drop out - não fazer mais parte de algo; abandonar 
(escola, universidade, etc.); afastar-se da sociedade
fall behind - fi car para trás, fi car atrás (de algo/alguém)
fall off  - diminuir, decair
fall through - fracassar, não ocorrer
fi ll in - substituir (alguém)
fi nd out - descobrir; aprender
get ahead - obter sucesso, progredir
get around - circular, ir de um lugar a outro
get away - fugir de alguém ou de algum lugar
get in - chegar; entrar
get off  - sair de algo (carro, trem, ônibus, etc.)
get on - ter sucesso; conseguir fazer, virar-se
get through - terminar, completar algo (tarefa)
get up - levantar-se
give up - desistir, deixar de fazer algo; perder as 
esperanças
go back - voltar para algum lugar
go off  - disparar (arma); bomba (explodir); soar (alarme)
go on - acender-se (luz); passar (tempo); ocorrer; 
continuar, durar (situação)
go out - sair; apagar-se (luz)
grow up - desenvolver-se, crescer
hang around - fi car sem fazer nada; esperar sem fazer 
nada
hang up - desligar o telefone
hold on - aguardar (no telefone); esperar, parar; aguentar
hold out - durar; resistir, persistir
keep on - continuar
let up - diminuir (dor); fazer menos esforço
lie down - deitar-se
look on - assistir
make out - sair-se (bem ou mal)
move over - mover-se para o lado, dar lugar a alguém
make up - fazer as pazes (com alguém)
pan out - conseguir, ter sucesso, resultar
pass out - desmaiar
pass on - morrer
pick up - melhorar; soprar mais forte (vento), aumentar 
(vendas, etc.)
pull in - chegar (trem); encostar (carro)
pull out - retirar-se de algo; arrancar (veículo)
pull through - melhorar, recuperar-se (de alguma doença, 
operação, etc); sair-se bem em algo difícil
run away - fugir de algo ou alguém; sair de algum lugar 
de repente
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBS INGLÊS
102
run down - acabar (bateria); parar de funcionar; parar 
de funcionar ou tornar-se menor em tamanho e número 
gradualmente.
run off  - fugir com alguém
sell out - esgotar (entradas para cinema, jogos, concertos, 
etc.)
settle up - acertar as contas; pagar o dinheiro que se deve 
a alguém
show off  - exibir-se
show up - chegar, aparecer
shut up - calar-se
slow up - reduzir a velocidade, ir mais devagar
stand by - estar preparado para agir; esperar, fi car em 
espera
stand up - levantar-se
stay over - dormir na casa de alguém por uma noite
step aside - mover-se para o lado, abrir caminho para 
alguém passar
step aside / down - deixar um cargo
take off- decolar
take over - assumir o controle de algo (empresa, etc.)
talk back - answer impolitely - responder a alguém de 
maneira rude
throw up - vomitar
turn around - virar-se
turn in - virar para dentro; deitar-se
turn out - comparecer, apresentar-se; resultar, sair
turn up - chegar; aparecer (algo que foi perdido) por 
acaso
wait up - esperar acordado por alguém
wake up - fi car mais interessado em algo
walk over - tratar alguém de maneira grosseira; derrotar 
alguém facilmente
wash out - desaparecer da roupa (mancha), desbotar 
(tecido) depois de lavar
watch out - ter cuidado
wear off  - desaparecer gradualmente; passar (novidade, 
etc.)
wear out - desgastar (roupas, sapatos, etc.)
work out - resultar, dar certo; fazer ginástica
SUGESTÃO PARA TRADUÇÃO
SOMEBODY THAT I USED TO KNOW
[Gotye:]
Now and then I think of when we were together
Like when you said you felt so happy you could die
Told myself that you were right for me
But felt so lonely in your company
But that was love and it’s an ache I still remember
You can get addicted to a certain kind of sadness
Like resignation to the end, always the end
So when we found that we could not make sense
Well you said that we would still be friends
But I’ll admit that I was glad it was over
But you didn’t have to cut me off 
Make out like it never happened and that we were nothing
And I don’t even need your love
But you treat me like a stranger and that feels so rough
No you didn’t have to stoop so low
Have your friends collect your records and then change your 
number
I guess that I don’t need that though
Now you’re just somebody that I used to know
Now you’re just somebody that I used to know
Now you’re just somebody that I used to know
[Kimbra:]
Now and then I think of all the times you screwed me over
But had me believing it was always something that I’d done
But I don’t wanna live that way
Reading into every word you say
You said that you could let it go
And I wouldn’t catch you hung up on somebody that you 
used to know
[Gotye:]
But you didn’t have to cut me off 
Make out like it never happened and that we were nothing
And I don’t even need your love
But you treat me like a stranger and that feels so rough
No you didn’t have to stoop so low
Have your friends collect your records and then change your 
number
I guess that I don’t need that though
Now you’re just somebody that I used to know
[x2]
Somebody
(I used to know)
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBSINGLÊS
103
Somebody
(Now you’re just somebody that I used to know)
(I used to know)
(That I used to know)
(I used to know)
Somebody
Let’s take a look at the phrasal verbs used in the song:
 Cut me off : 1. to completely take someone out of 
your life. I cut Sarah o� after I heard that she kissed 
my ex-boyfriend.  2. to stop supporting someone 
fi nancially.  His parents cut him o� after he got bad 
grades in college. Now he has to pay for tuition on his 
own. 3. to quickly move your car in front of another 
car when driving. Whoa! That guy just cut me o� ! I 
almost hit the back of his car! 
 Make out: act; pretend. John made out like he didn’t 
care that his team lost the championship, but I know he 
was really upset. NOTE: There are many meanings of 
the phrasal verb “make out.” This is just one example 
of many!
 Screwed me over: to treat someone badly. My old 
roommate moved out and didn’t pay the last month’s 
rent. He really screwed me over. 
 Reading into every word: to take everything 
seriously. Jack reads into every word I say and always 
gets o� ended. The other day I said that I didn’t like 
salty foods and then he said that I must have hated the 
popcorn he made me last night. He needs to relax!
 Let it go: to forget about something; to not worry. I’m 
sorry that you didn’t get the job you wanted. But you 
need to let it go so that you can focus on your next 
interview and your future! 
 Hung up on (someone/something): to not be able 
to forget about someone or something.Sarah is so 
hung up on Matt that she can’t date other people. It is 
really sad. 
EXERCISES:
1. Choose the correct alternative which indicates the mean-
ing of blow over in the following sentence: They’re 
hoping that this crisis will BLOW OVER and be forgot-
ten.
a) happen suddenly and make you able to accept a
pleasant experience.
b) explode.
c) succeed in spite of diffi culties.
d) become stronger and cause trouble for other people.
e) pass without doing harm.
2. Find the correct alternative:
a) to put on – to remove
b) to put out – to increase
c) to put off – to dress
d) to put on weight – to grow fat
e) to put together – to keep
3. Assinale a alternativa que melhor traduz a seguinte fra-
se: I have run out of vinegar.
a) Corri para buscar vinagre.
b) Derramei o vinagre.
c) Preciso sair para pegar vinagre.
d) Meu vinagre acabou.
e) Joguei fora o vinagre.
4. Choose the correct alternative. Indicate the meaning of 
catch on to in the following sentence: We didn’t quite 
CATCH ON TO what the teacher said.
a) reach the same standard or level
b) hear
c) confi rm
d) believe
e) understand
5. He took __________ his hat.
a) off 
b) out
c) in
d) into
e) on
6. SPLIT UP in “After getting stores and various other com-
modities together in Mamfe, John and I decided to 
split up” means that:
a) they decided to separate.
b) they decided to end their relationship.
c) they decided to stay together.
d) they decided to talk over their plans.
e) they decided to sleep together.
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBS INGLÊS
104
7. The verb to go may be followed by many adverbial par-
ticles and prepositions that add diff erent meanings to 
it. Match the two columns and then mark the correct 
alternative:
I – go up
II – go on
III – go away
IV – go by
R. continue
S. leave
T. rise
U. move
V. pass
– Mark the correct match.
a) I – T; II – U; III – S; IV – R
b) I – T; II – R; III – S; IV – V
c) I – T; II – V; III – U; IV – R
d) I – U; II – R; III – S; IV – V
e) I – U; II – V; III – S; IV – R
8. The woman is TAKING CARE of her baby.
– She is:
a) looking back on her baby.
b) looking for her baby.
c) looking after her baby.
d) looking down on her baby.
e) looking over her baby.
9. Qual alternativa possui os três verbos na ordem natural 
de seu uso?
a) wake up/sleep/get up
b) sleep/get up/wake up
c) get up/wake up/sleep
d) sleep/wake up/get up
10. The only option in which MAKE UP has the same meaning 
as immigrants make up only 12% of today’s workforce is:
a) The committee is made up of representatives from all the 
university.
b) You must make up what you owe before the end of the 
month.
c) She never goes without making herself up fi rst.
d) I can make up a bed for you on the fl oor.
e) He made up an incredible story about his holiday.
11. Choose the correct alternative.
“Is that my new TV in that package?’
“Yes, just __________.”
a) open it up, take it out, plug it in and turn it on.
b) open it up, take it off , plug it on and turn it on.
c) take it out, open it on, plug it off and turn it up.
d) take it in, plug it out, turn it down and open it up.
e) open it out, take it up, turn it on and plug it on.
12. Assinale a alternativa que traduz melhor a seguinte sen-
tença: I can’t tell one from the other.
a) Não distingo uma da outra.
b) Não conto com nenhuma outra.
c) Não falo com nenhuma outra.
d) Não posso falar de uma para outra.
e) Não posso dizer para a outra.
13. A expressão BREAK OUT em “During a poker match, an ar-
gument breaks out between Napoleon and Mr. Pilking-
ton when they both play an Ace of Spades, and the ani-
mals realize how they cannot tell the diff erence between 
the pigs and the humans” signifi ca:
a) to make a sudden, quick advance.
b) to bring or come to an end.
c) to develop suddenly.
d) to force or make a way through.
e) to cause to separate into pieces suddenly or violently.
14. The initials V.I.P. __________ Very Important Person.
a) means
b) stand for
c) are about
d) describe
e) accountsfor
15. Fill in the gaps in the sentences below meaningfully:
1. __________ the computer __________ and let’s go.
2. Her new boyfriend __________ her __________ on their 
second date.
3. She __________ the fl u after being sick for a week.
a) 1. Shut … down – 2. stood … up – 3. got over
b) 1. Shut … down – 2. stood … down – 3. got down
c) 1. Shut … off – 2. stood … over – 3. got over
d) 1. Shut … off – 2. stood … down – 3. got down
e) 1. Shut … off – 2. stood … up – 3. got on
16. You’d better give __________. This issue has no solution.
a) out b) up c) over d) away e) off 
17. In:
“Did you buy a new bike?”
“Yes, I bought one two weeks ago.”
– Which phrasal verb can substitute the underlined word?
a) ran into
b) let down
c) picked out
d) turned out
e) picked up
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBSINGLÊS
105
18. Choose the correct alternative to complete the state-
ments.
I. They __________ the search after three hours. It was ho-
peless.
II. Somebody’s got to __________ those high principles.
III. We shouldn’t __________ their arguments so easily.
IV. I’m trying to __________ my own work.
V. What a preposterous idea! Jane will never __________ 
with it!
a) gave up / stand up for / give in / catch up on / get away
b) carried out / stand up to / give over / catch up on / get ahead
c) gave up / stand up to / give over / catch up with / get across
d) gave up / stand up for / give over / catch up with / get along
e) carried out / stand up to / given in / catch up on / get through
19. The boss refused her request for a day off .
– The underlined word can be replaced by:
a) turned out
b) turned over
c) turned off 
d) turned in
e) turned down
20. Na sentença em que se insere “He believes he has stum-
bled onto a solution to some of education’s most in-
tractable problems”, o verbo stumbled onto pode ser 
substituído por:
a) come upon.
b) search for.
c) fi gured out.
d) come up with.
e) pointed out.
21. In: ‘around 14 people were in the glasstopped tower 
when it was hit by the ship’s stern as it ploughed into 
the dock’, the underlined two-word phrase is closest in 
meaning to:
a) ran aground
b) capsized
c) struck
d) drifted
e) fl ooded
22. Choose the correct alternative.
That cargo ship ______________ the harbour.
a) put into
b) put forward
c) put away
d) put off 
e) put across
23. Read the extract below and choose the only sequence 
that can complete it.
CHILDREN
The other day I was chatting to a friend about children.
We were discussing the fact that we had both been
__________ (1) by rather strict parents, and had both
decided to try to be more tolerant when we __________
(2) and had children of our own. The problem that my
friend had found with this strategy was in fi nding a way to 
control his kids now that they are teenagers. He said the fact 
that he had __________ (3) them for more than 13 years, 
providing all the love and care they needed, is not enough 
to persuade them to respect his decisions.
a) brought up – grew up – looked for
b) grown up – brought up – looked for
c) brought down – had grown up – looked after
d) brought up – grew up – looked after
e) grown up – had grown up – looked like
24. Which of the alternatives below completes the sentence 
correctly?
The radio alarm clock went __________ at the same time
as usual.
a) on
b) off 
c) through
d) up
e) for
25. Which of the alternatives below correctly completes the 
sentence?
What I like about Jenny is that she always comes
__________ with great ideas.
a) on
b) off 
c) through
d) up
e) for
26. Mark the only option in which the phrasal verb bring up 
has the same meaning as in “At the start of each meet-
ing, one of the group’s leaders brings up a topic for dis-
cussion”.
a) The kind old couple agreed to bring up the young orphan.
b) These are matters you can bring up in the committee.
c) During the voyage he got sick and brought the meal up.
d) She was properly brought up by her aunt.
e) He was brought up on a charge of drunken driving.
CAPÍTULO 18 – PHRASAL VERBS INGLÊS
106
27. We had to cancel the search because of worsening weather 
conditions. But we will not stop trying. We will continue 
the rescue as soon as the weather gets better.
– The underlined verbs above can be replaced with the
following phrasal verbs, respectively, without having their 
meanings changed:
a) call off / give up / keep on
b) call off / give in / keep on
c) call out / give up / keep in
d) call down / give up / keep on
e) call out / give in / keep in
28. We’re getting along much better now that we don’t live to-
gether.
– The words in bold are equivalent in meaning to:
a) coming out
b) bringing up
c) dealing with
d) moving on
e) getting on
29. Fill in the gap suitably:
She only bought that sports car to show __________ and
prove she could aff ord one.
a) off 
b) up
c) on
d) in
e) out
30. Fill in the gap suitably:
Could you __________ fi ve copies of this, please?
a) take me up
b) bring on me
c) run me off 
d) get me over
e) make up me
ANSWER-KEY
01 E 
02 D 
03 D 
04 E 
05 - A 
06 - A 
07 - B 
08 - C 
09 - D 
10 -A
11 - A 
12 - A 
13 - C 
14 - B 
15 - A 
16 - B 
17 - E 
18 - A 
19 - E 
20 - C
21 - C 
22 - A 
23 - D 
24 - B 
25 - D 
26 - B 
27 - A 
28 - E 
29 - A 
30 - C
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 19 – REPORTED SPEECHINGLÊS
107
CAPÍTULO 19
REPORTED SPEECH
Applying:
1. He said: “I feel well today”.
He said he felt well that day.
2. She said: “The girls are in the garden”.
She said the girls were in the garden
Reporting the Imperative mood:
The teacher told us: “Focus on your studies”.
No imperative afi rmativo, repetiremos a primeira 
parte e, em seguinda, acrescentamos um “to” e a 
ordem que queremos relatar.
Veja:
The teacher told us TO focus on our studies.
The doctor told her: “Don’t be so anxious”.
Já na forma negative, nós acrescentamos a estrutu-
ra “not to”
The doctor told her NOT TO be so anxious.
Reporting Questions:
Quando usamos o Reported Speech para perguntas, deve-
mos observar o seguinte:
01 – Há pronome interrogativo. Se não houver, nós acres-
centamos um “IF” após a primeira oração. O restante segue a 
estrutura da afi rmativa.
She asked me: “Do you like English?”She asked me IF I liked English.
02 – Se não há pronome interrogative, mas há a expressão 
“OR NOT”, prefere-se usar “WHETHER” ao invés de “IF”.
They asked me: “Do you work last Sunday or not?”
They asked me WHETHER I worked the previous Sun-
day or not.
03 – Se houver pronome interrogativo, repetimos o mesmo.
He asked me: “How much homework is there for next class?”
He asked me HOW MUCH homework there was for 
the following class.
EXERCISES:
1. Qual destas formas está correta se usada por uma pessoa 
que narra um acontecimento?
a) He thought she has not known what she is going through;
b) He thought she will never know what she will have to go 
through now;
c) He thought she would never know what she had gone 
through then;
d) He thinks she did not know what she was going through;
e) He will think she did not know what she went through then.
2. Qual é a forma indireta, correspondente à forma direta
“The teacher said, Are you sure you have all understood
me”?
a) The teacher said if you are sure you had understood him;
b) The teacher asked whether we were sure we did understand 
him;
c) The teacher said if we all are sure we have understood him;
d) The teacher asked if they were sure they had all understood 
him;
e) The teacher asked them to be sure to understand him.
3. Complete o diálogo a seguir:
John: I congratulate you on your success.
Peter: Pardon me.
John: I said __________.
a) that I had congratulated him on his success.
b) that you congratulated me on your success.
c) that I congratulated him on your success.
d) that I congratulated you on your success.
e) that I had congratulated you on my success.
CAPÍTULO 19 – REPORTED SPEECH INGLÊS
108
4. Assinale a alternativa que equivale ao seguinte:
Suddenly Peter said to me, “Are you hungry?”
a) Suddenly Peter said that I was hungry.
b) Suddenly Peter told me that I was hungry.
c) Suddenly Peter asked if he were hungry.
d) Suddenly Peter asked me whether I was hungry.
e) Peter informed me that he was hungry.
Change the sentences from 05 to 11 into the Reported (Indi-
rect) Speech:
5. Sally said to me, “Do you know what time it is?”
a) Sally asked me if I knew what time it was.
b) Sally told me whether she knew what time it was.
c) Sally asked me whether she know what time it is.
d) Sally asked me if I know what time it is.
e) Sally told me if I knew what time was it.
6. Jeff said to Meg, “You don’t understand me.”
a) Jeff told Meg she didn’t understand him.
b) Jeff asked Meg that her didn’t understand herself.
c) Jeff told Meg that she didn’t understood him.
d) Jeff told Meg that he didn’t understand her.
e) Jeff told Meg she did understand him.
7. “Are there any messages for me?”, said Helen.
a) Helen asked if there is any messages for her.
b) Helen asked whether there were any messages for she.
c) Helen asked whether were there any messages for herself.
d) Helen asked if there were some messages for her.
e) Helen asked if there were any messages for herself.
8. The director said to the boys, “Behave yourselves.”
a) The director asked the boys to behave yourselves.
b) The director told the boys to behave himself
c) The director asked the boys to behave themselves.
d) The director told the boys to behave ourselves.
e) The director told the boys, “Behave themselves.”
9. The patient said to me, “How long have the doctors been 
operating her?”
a) The patient asked me how long the doctors had been 
operating her.
b) The patient told me how long her had been operating by 
the doctors.
c) The patient asked me how long had the doctors been ope-
rating her.
d) The patient told me whether have the doctors been ope-
rating her.
e) The patient asked me how long had been the doctors op-
erating her.
10. Warren said to me, “I can’t fi nd my glasses in this room.”
a) Warren told me that he couldn’t found his glasses in that 
room.
b) Warren told me he couldn’t fi nd her glasses in these room.
c) Warren told me that he couldn’t fi nd his glasses in that room.
d) Warren told me that he can’t fi nd his glasses in those room.
e) Warren said to me that he could not found his glasse in this 
room.
11. Helen said to Paul, “Is this a free country?”
a) Helen told Paul if this was a free country?
b) Helen asked Paul if that was a free country.
c) Helen asked Paul whether that is a free country.
d) Helen told Paul this is a free country.
e) Helen told Paul if that is a free country.
12. Choose the correct indirect form for:
Oliver said to her: “What will you do tomorrow?”
a) He asked her what she would do the following day.
b) He told her what she would do the following day.
c) She wondered what he will do the next day.
d) He wanted to know what he would do the following day.
e) She asked what she would do the next day.
13. Read this sentence:
The doctor says: “I’m happy we found this trend toward
reduced risk.”
– The INDIRECT SPEECH is:
He said that he __________ this trend toward reduced
risk.
a) is happy they found.
b) has been happy we have found.
c) was happy they had found.
d) will be happy we will fi nd.
e) would be happy they would fi nd.
14. Considere a frase: If you don’t feed your Tamagotchi, it 
will die.
– Escolha a melhor opção para reescrevê-la, começando
com She told me that:
a) if I won’t feed my Tamagotchi, it would die.
b) if you didn’t feed your Tamagotchi, it had died.
c) if I didn’t feed my Tamagotchi, it would have died.
d) if I didn’t feed my Tamagotchi, it would die.
e) if you haven’t fed your Tamagotchi, it will have died.
15. A forma indireta de “Would you like to go out tonight?” é:
a) He asked her if she would have liked to go out tonight.
b) He asked if would she like to go out that night.
c) He asked whether she’d like to go out that night.
d) He asked whether she had liked to go out that night.
e) He asked if she’d liked to go out tonight.
CAPÍTULO 19 – REPORTED SPEECHINGLÊS
109
16. “How would you describe yourself?” is a direct question.
Complete the sentence below with the appropriate
indirect question form:
Daniel Hart asked an African-American teenager:
a) how to describe it.
b) how to describe yourself.
c) how he would describe yourself.
d) to describe himself.
e) to describe yourself.
17. The correct INDIRECT STATEMENT for the sentence “I 
don’t think our children should be subjected to needless 
advertising” said Ms. Mazzoni is “Ms. Mazzoni said she:
a) doesn’t think their children should be subjected to needless 
advertising”.
b) has not thought their children should be subjected to ne-
edless advertising”.
c) would not think their children should be subjected to nee-
dless advertising”.
d) will think their children should be subjected to needless 
advertising”.
e) thinks their children should be subjected to needless ad-
vertising”.
18. The sentence They said, “Do parents know their kids?” in 
the reported speech would be:
a) They said that did parents know their kids?
b) They asked that parents know their kids.
c) They said that parents knew the kids.
d) They argued that do parents know their kids.
e) They asked if parents knew their kids.
19. The sentence He said, “Can Asians think?” in the eported 
speech would be:
a) He asked can Asians think?
b) He said that Asians can think.
c) He asked that Asians could think.
d) He asked if Asians could think.
e) He said that could Asians think.
20.. The girl said to her parents: “Mom and Dad, the police 
were here while you were gone”. If we turned this state-
ment into reported speech, we would have The girl said 
to her parents that the police:
a) had been there while they had been gone.
b) had been here while they had gone.
c) have been there while they were gone.
d) have been here while they would be gone.
e) would have been there while they have been gone.
21. Complete the sentence correctly:
John Arquilla declared that the greatest advantage of the
internet __________ stealth, and that terrorists
__________ in an ocean of bits and bytes.
a) was – swim
b) is – swam
c) is – has swum
d) was – swam
e) was– swimming
22. Considere a frase “It’s a perfect setup for heart disease 
and diabetes, says Stampfer”. Assinale a alternativa em 
que a transposição dessa frase para o discurso indireto 
está correta, completando a frase a seguir:
– Stampfer says:
a) it was a perfect setup for heart disease and diabetes.
b) it is a perfect setup for heart disease and diabetes.
c) it has been a perfect setup for heart disease and diabetes.
d) it had been a perfect setup for heart disease and diabetes.
e) it will be a perfect setup for heart disease and diabetes.
23. The question “Are left-handed people cognitively diff er-
ent from right-handers?” in the indirect speech is:
a) The book intended to answer why left-handed people are 
cognitively diff erent from right-handers.
b) It was asked whether left-handed people were cognitively 
diff erent from right-handers.
c) They asked if there are left-handed people cognitively diff e-
rent from right-handers.
d) He inquired if left-handed people had been cognitively 
diff erent from right-handers.
e) It was discussed the reason left-handed people had to be 
cognitively diff erent from right-handers.
24. The sentence “We don’t want that sort of world” in the 
reported speech will be:
a) They said that he hasn’t wanted that sort of world.
b) They told me that they didn’t wanted those sort of world.
c) It was said that they didn’t want that sort of world.
d) It was said that they didn’t want that sorted of world.
e) It was requested that we didn’t want that sorted of world.
25. The question “Why are you answering the phone in 
class?” in the reported speech will be:
a) Gray’s mother asked him why is he answering the phone 
in class?
b) Gray’s mother wanted to know the reason why was he 
answering the phone in class.
c) Gray’s mother wondered why he was answering the phone 
in class.
d) Gray’s mother inquired him about the reason that he has 
been answering the phone in class.
e) Gray’s mother doubted why he was answering the phone 
in class.
CAPÍTULO 19 – REPORTED SPEECH INGLÊS
110
26. Choose the alternative that corresponds to the right 
form of the reported speech for what the boy said.
BOY: The teacher sent me an email with my grades, but I 
deleted it.
The boy said that his teacher
a) had not sent him an email with his grades, but he had 
deleted it.
b) has sent him an email with his grades, but he has deleted it.
c) sent him an email with his grades, but he has deleted it.
d) had sent him an email with his grades, but he deleted it.
44. Choose the sentence that corresponds to the right form 
of the reported speech for the dialogue:
The mother said to the son:
– Do not watch TV after midnight!
a) The mother told her son to does not watch TV after midnight.
b) The mother told her son do not to watch TV after midnight.
c) The mother told her son to not watch TV after midnight.
d) The mother told her son not to watch TV after midnight.
ANSWER-KEY
01-C
02- D
03 -D
04- D 
05 - A 
06 -A 
07 - D 
08 - C 
09 -A 
10 - C
11 -B 
12 - A 
13 - C 
14 - D 
15 - C 
16 - D 
17 - A 
18 -E 
19 - D 
20 - A
21 - D 
22 – B
23 - B 
24 - C 
25 - C
26 - D 
27 - D 
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 20 – FALSE FRIENDS / FALSE COGNATESINGLÊS
111
CAPÍTULO 20
FALSE FRIENDS / FALSE COGNATES
Este, com certeza, é um dos capítulos mais desafi adores 
para todos nós. Aqui nos deparamos com palavras que nos 
enganam.
Quando estudamos uma língua estrangeira, temos uma 
tendência natural em buscar palavras parecidas com 
o léxico do nosso idioma. A essas palavras parecidas 
chamamos “Cognatos”.
Existem, pois, dois tipos de cognatos:
Real Cognates / Real Friends: Parecem com o nosso idioma 
nativo.
Ex: Natural. (exatamente igual, né?)
False Cognates / False Friends: São chamados de “Falsianes” 
(risos) porque parecem, mas o signifi cado é completamente 
diferente.
Ex: Actually (Parece “atualmente”, mas quer dizer “na 
verdade”).
Veja, então, uma lista de “False Friends” para você estudar:
 PORTUGUÊS - INGLÊS
Actually (adv) - na verdade ..., o fato é que ... 
Agenda (n) - pauta do dia, pauta para discussões 
Amass (v) - acumular, juntar 
Anticipate (v) - prever; aguardar, fi car na expectativa 
Application (n) - inscrição, registro, uso 
Appointment (n) - hora marcada, compromisso profi ssional 
Appreciation (n) - gratidão, reconhecimento 
Argument (n) - discussão, bate boca 
Assist (v) - ajudar, dar suporte 
Assume (v) - presumir, aceitar como verdadeiro 
Attend (v) - assistir, participar de 
Audience (n) - platéia, público 
Balcony (n) - sacada 
Baton (n) - batuta (música), cacetete 
Beef (n) - carne de gado 
Cafeteria (n) - refeitório tipo universitário ou industrial 
Camera (n) - máquina fotográfi ca 
Carton (n) - caixa de papelão, pacote de cigarros (200) 
Casualty (n) - baixas (mortes ocorridas em acidente ou 
guerra) 
Cigar (n) - charuto 
Collar (n) - gola, colarinho, coleira 
College (n) - faculdade, ensino de 3º grau 
Commodity (n) - artigo, mercadoria 
Competition (n) - concorrência 
Comprehensive (adj) - abrangente, amplo, extenso 
Compromise (v) - entrar em acordo, fazer concessão 
Contest (n) - competição, concurso 
Convenient (adj) -prático 
Costume (n) - fantasia (roupa) 
Data (n) - dados (números, informações) 
Deception (n) - logro, fraude, o ato de enganar 
Defendant (n) - réu, acusado 
Design (v, n) - projetar, criar; projeto, estilo 
Editor (n) - redator 
Educated (adj) - instruído, com alto grau de escolaridade 
Emission (n) - descarga (de gases, etc.) 
Enroll (v) - inscrever-se, alistar-se, registrar-se 
Eventually (adv) - fi nalmente, conseqüentemente 
Exciting (adj) - empolgante 
Exit (n, v) - saída, sair 
Expert (n) - especialista, perito 
Exquisite (adj.) - belo, refi nado 
Fabric (n) - tecido 
Genial (adj) - afável, aprazível 
Graduate program (n) - Curso de pós-graduação 
Gratuity (n) - gratifi cação, gorjeta 
Grip (v) - agarrar fi rme 
Hazard (n,v) - risco, arriscar 
Idiom (n) - expressão idiomática, linguajar 
Income tax return (n) - declaração de imposto de renda 
Ingenuity (n) - engenhosidade 
Injury (n) - ferimento 
Inscription (n) - gravação em relevo (sobre pedra, metal, 
etc.) 
Intend (v) - pretender, ter intenção 
Intoxication (n) - embriaguez, efeito de drogas 
Journal (n) - periódico, revista especializada 
Lamp (n) - luminária 
Large (adj) - grande, espaçoso 
Lecture (n) - palestra, aula 
Legend (n) - lenda 
Library (n) - biblioteca 
Lunch (n) - almoço 
Magazine (n) - revista 
Mayor (n) - prefeito 
Medicine (n) - remédio, medicina 
Moisture (n) - umidade 
Motel (n) - hotel de beira de estrada 
Notice (v) - notar, aperceber-se; aviso, comunicação 
Novel (n) - romance 
Offi ce (n) - escritório 
Parents (n) - pais 
Particular (adj) - específi co, exato 
Pasta (n) - massa (alimento) 
Policy (n) - política (diretrizes) 
Port (n) - porto 
Prejudice (n) - preconceito 
Prescribe (v) - receitar 
Preservative (n) - conservante 
Pretend (v) - fi ngir 
Private (adj) - particular 
CAPÍTULO 20 – FALSE FRIENDS / FALSE COGNATES INGLÊS
112
Procure (v) - conseguir, adquirir 
Propaganda (n) - divulgação de idéias/fatos com intuito de 
manipular 
Pull (v) - puxar 
Push (v) - empurrar 
Range (v) - variar, cobrir 
Realize (v) - notar, perceber, dar-se conta, conceber uma 
idéia 
Recipient (n) - recebedor, agraciado 
Record (v, n) - gravar, disco, gravação, registro 
Refrigerant (n) - substância refrigerante usada em aparelhos 
Requirement (n) - requisito 
Resume (v) - retomar, reiniciar 
Résumé (n) - curriculum vitae, currículo 
Retired (adj) - aposentado 
Senior (n) - idoso 
Service (n) - atendimento 
Stranger (n) - desconhecido 
Stupid (adj) - burro 
Support (v) - apoiar 
Tax (n) - imposto 
Trainer (n) - preparador físico 
Turn (n, v) - vez, volta, curva; virar, girar 
Vegetables (n) - verduras, legumes 
Atualmente - nowadays, today 
Agenda - appointment book; agenda 
Amassar - crush 
Antecipar - to bring forward, to move forward 
Aplicação (fi nanceira) - investment 
Apontamento - note 
Apreciação - judgement 
Argumento - reasoning, point 
Assistir - to attend, to watch 
Assumir - to take over 
Atender - to help; to answer; to see, to examine 
Audiência - court appearance; interview 
Balcão - counter 
Batom - lipstick 
Bife - steak 
Cafeteria - coff ee shop, snack bar 
Câmara - tube (de pneu) chamber (grupo de pessoas) 
Cartão - card 
Casualidade - chance 
Cigarro - cigarette 
Colar - necklace 
Colégio (2º grau) - high school 
Comodidade - comfort 
Competição - contest 
Compreensivo - understandable 
Compromisso - appointment; date 
Contexto - context 
Conveniente - appropriate 
Costume - custom, habit 
Data - date 
Decepção - disappointment 
Advogado de defesa - defense attorney 
Designar - to appoint 
Editor - publisher 
Educado - with a good upbringing, well-mannered, polite 
Emissão - issuing (of a document, etc.) 
Enrolar - to roll; to wind; to curl 
Eventualmente - occasionally 
Excitante - thrilling 
Êxito - success 
Esperto - smart, clever 
Esquisito - strange, odd 
Fábrica - plant, factory 
Genial - brilliant 
Curso de graduação - undergraduate program 
Gratuidade - the quality of being free of charge 
Gripe - cold, fl u, infl uenza 
Azar - bad luck 
Idioma - language 
Devolução de imposto de renda - income tax refund 
Ingenuidade - naiveté / naivety 
Injúria - insult 
Inscrição - registration, application 
Entender - understand 
Intoxicação - poisoning 
Jornal - newspaper 
Lâmpada - light bulb 
Largo - wide 
Leitura - reading 
Legenda - subtitle 
Livraria - book shop 
Lanche - snack 
Magazine - department store 
Maior - bigger 
Medicina - medicine 
Mistura - mix, mixture, blend 
Motel - love motel 
Notícia - news 
Novela - soap opera 
Ofi cial - offi cial 
Parentes - relatives 
CAPÍTULO 20 – FALSE FRIENDS / FALSE COGNATESINGLÊS
113
Particular - personal, private 
Pasta - paste; folder; briefcase 
Polícia - police 
Porta - door 
Prejuízo - damage, loss 
Prescrever - expire 
Preservativo - condom 
Pretender - to intend, to plan 
Privado - private 
Procurar - to look for 
Propaganda - advertisement, commercial 
Pular - to jump 
Puxar - to pull 
Ranger - to creak, to grind 
Realizar - to carry out, make come true, to accomplish 
Recipiente - container 
Recordar - to remember, to recall 
Refrigerante - soft drink, soda, pop, coke 
Requerimento - request, petition 
Resumir - summarize 
Resumo - summary 
Retirado - removed, secluded 
Senhor - gentleman, sir 
Serviço - job 
Estrangeiro - foreigner 
Estúpido - impolite, rude 
Suportar (tolerar) - can stand 
Taxa - rate; fee 
Treinador - coach 
Turno - shift; round 
Vegetais - plants 
EXERCISES
1. The word particular in the sentence Much to the surprise 
of everyone, the remarkable conclusion of the research 
showed that people of a certain group actually were 
born under a PARTICULAR planet, means the same as:
a) private.
b) specifi c.
c) ordinary.
d) personal.
e) general.
2. Assinale a alternativa que corresponde à tradução mais 
adequada da frase nominal, entre aspas, a seguir: Fu-
ture generations may regard the scientifi c indictment 
of smoking as ‘a major contribution’ to preventive 
medicine and the health of the western world.
a) uma contribuição importante
b) uma contribuição do major
c) a maior contribuição
d) uma contribuição para o major
e) a importante contribuição
3. The meaning of EXQUISITELY in the sentence “Their chil-
dren were exquisitely dressed” is:
a) strangely or unexpected.
b) extremely beautiful in appearance.
c) oddly with an unusual appearance.
d) peculiarly with a special or unique quality.
e) very unattractive and unpleasant to look at.
4. The meaning of CONSISTENT in the sentence Mr. Brown’s 
behavior is not consistent with his ideas is:
a) coherent.
b) contradictory.
c) right.
d) persuasive.
e) strong.
5. A opção que contém um falso cognato é:
a) enthusiasts.
b) processes.
c) outdoors.
d) spades.
e) parts.
6. Dadas as sentenças:
1. The boys __________ the game yesterday night.
2. He gave a __________ of diamond to his mother.
3. I didn’t like the fi lm, it was __________.
4. They __________ fi nished the test.
– Marque a alternativa que completa corretamente os
espaços em branco:
a) assisted / collar / terrifi c / eventually
b) assisted / necklace / terrifi c / eventually
c) watched / necklace / terrible / fi nally
d) watched / collar / terrifi c / fi nally
e) watched / necklace / terrifi c / eventually
7. Dadas as afi rmações de que:
1. INGENIOUS signifi ca HÁBIL, ENGENHOSO.
2. TO RESUME signifi ca RETOMAR.
3. SYLLABUS pode signifi car SÍLABA.
– Constatamos que está(estão) correta(s):
a) Apenas a afi rmação nº 1.
b) Apenas a afi rmação nº 2.
c) Apenas a afi rmação nº 3.
d) Apenas as afi rmações nos 1 e 2.
e) Todas as afi rmações.
8. Dadas as afi rmações de que em português:
1. SCHOLAR signifi ca LETRADO.
2. SENSIBLE signifi ca SENSATO.
3. FABRIC signifi ca TECIDO.
CAPÍTULO 20 – FALSE FRIENDS / FALSE COGNATES INGLÊS
114
– Constatamos que está(estão) correta(s) :
a) Apenas a afi rmação no 1.
b) Apenas a afi rmação no 2.
c) Apenas a afi rmação no 3.
d) Apenas as afi rmações nos 1 e 2.
e) Todas as afi rmações.
9. A alternativa que corretamente traduz (mantendo a or-
dem das palavras:Ele puxou ou empurrou a porta 
quando chegou lá?, é:
a) Did he push or pull the door when he got there?
b) Did he pushed or pulled the door when he arrived there?
c) Did he pull or push the door when he got there?
d) Pushed or pulled he the door when he gots there?
e) Pushed or pulled him the door when he arrived there?
10. In “They pretended to be dead”, TO PRETEND means:
a) entender
b) pretender
c) fi ngir
d) tender
e) fazer
11. In “They suff ered from the injuries sustained in the crash”, 
INJURIES means:
a) ofensas
b) ferimentos
c) injúrias
d) calúnias
e) fraturas
12. A synonym for the word ACTUALLY as in “This is actually 
the decaying of the tooth” is:
a) now
b) today
c) really
d) normally
e) theoretically
13. What does the word ESTATE mean?
a) estado
b) estatal
c) propriedade
d) fortuna
e) riqueza
14. Which of these words is not a False Cognate?
a) apologize
b) response
c) support
d) largest
e) resume
15. Fill in the gaps suitably:
I will __________ the __________ with his new security
__________.
a) assist – mayor – policy
b) attend – major – police
c) support – offi cial – politics
d) assist – mayor – politics
e) attend – major – policy
16. The verb TO ATTEND is used in “The fi rst semester I at-
tended college, I became friends with one of the 
American students in my class”.
– Check the ONLY alternative in which the same verb can
be used.
a) The receptionist’s job was to __________ the phone.
b) The doctor carefully __________ the patient.
c) The professor __________ a convention to present his work.
d) He __________ the radio to listen to the news.
e) The interviewer __________ questions from the public.
17. Em inglês, há algumas palavras que, ao serem plurali-
zadas, podem mudar o sentido, tornando-se falsas 
cognatas. Como exemplo, o vocábulo spirit: “espírito”, 
no singular, e “disposição”, no plural. Qual das opções 
abaixo segue o mesmo padrão?
a) Minute.
b) Human.
c) State.
d) Fruit.
e) Diplomat.
18. Complete as lacunas das sentenças a seguir correta e 
coerentemente:
I. Many __________ were killed during the battle.
II. It’s a typical country __________ with a large house for
the owner, farm buildings and workers’ houses.
III. The secret to public speaking is to get the __________
on your side.
IV. Over two hundred people __________ the funeral.
V. Some of his colleagues envy the enormous wealth tha the 
has __________.
a) privates – state – listeners – answered – spread
b) privates – estate – audience – attended – amassed
c) privates – estate – audience – attended – spread
d) corporals – estate – listeners – answered – amassed
e) corporals – state – audience – attended – amassed
CAPÍTULO 20 – FALSE FRIENDS / FALSE COGNATESINGLÊS
115
19. Even that U.S. holiday holdout of home cooking known 
as Thanksgiving seems doomed. A Boston Market sur-
vey last year reported that 27 million Americans bought 
some prepared food for the repast. Charles Webre, 35, an 
ad executive in New York City, spent $400 last year for a 
12- course store-bought Thanksgiving. “I felt like I chea-
ted,” says Charles, who presented the meal on the family 
china.
“I work hard, we have two kids, and my wife is stressed
out. We believe in traditional-food values, but we don’t
have the time to do it ourselves.” For harried Americans,
time is money, and so long as Mom is out bringing home
the bacon, somebody else is going to have to come up
with supper.
Adapted from http://time.com/
– No texto, assinale o signifi cado da palavra china:
a) espécie de tempero utilizado por toda a família.
b) comida típica da região.
c) prato especialmente preparado por um cozinheiro famoso.
d) restaurante muito conhecido.
e) louça fi na.
20. William and Kate, a modern couple, lived together qui-
te openly for several years before their marriage, a 
sensible decision condoned by the Queen, which would 
have een seen as unthinkable less than a decade earlier. 
This was after prince Charles had moved in with his di-
vorced former mistress, Camila Parker Bowles, a situ-
ation that would have been equally unacceptable a 
few years ago. All this evidences a rapidly evolving 
monarchy. Who would have suspected that the Queen 
would have been seen pretending to parachute into 
the Olympic stadium with James Bond? Adapted from 
http://www.dailymail.co.uk/
Associe as palavras da coluna I às suas respectivas
traduções, na coluna II, de acordo com o sentido que têm 
no texto.
Coluna I
( ) sensible
( ) condoned
( ) pretending
Coluna 2
1. simulando
2. sensível
3. aceita
4. pretendendo
5. sensata
6. condenada
– A sequência correta de preenchimento dos parênteses,
de cima para baixo, é:
a) 2 – 3 – 1.
b) 2 – 6 – 4.
c) 5 – 3 – 1.
d) 2 – 1 – 6.
e) 5 – 3 – 4.
ANSWER-KEY:
01- B 
02- A 
03- B 
04 - A 
05 - D 
06 - C 
07 - D 
08 - E 
09 - C 
10 - C
11 - B 
12 - C 
13- C 
14 - B 
15 - A 
16 - C 
17 - A 
18 - B 
19 - E 
20 - C
 NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNS INGLÊS
116
CAPÍTULO 21
UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNS
Substantivos Incontáveis - Uncountable Nouns
Os  Uncountable Nouns  (ou  Mass Nouns) representam um 
grupo menor de substantivos. Eles denotam uma substância 
homogênea, isto é, coisas que percebemos mais como uma 
massa do que como um ou vários objetos isolados, ou uma 
ideia abstrata que, em inglês, não permite subdivisões.
Esses substantivos, portanto, não podem ser contados, 
enumerados, tendo a mesma forma para o singular e para o 
plural. Ainda que o sentido seja plural, o verbo com o qual 
concordam também vai fi car sempre no singular. Exemplos:
water (água) air (ar)
salt (sal) snow (neve)
money (dinheiro) evidence (evidência)
music (música) proof (prova)
ink (tinta para escrever ou para 
imprimir)
housework (serviço 
doméstico)
weather (tempo meteorológico) permission (permissão)
jewerly (joias) eletricity (eletricidade)
- Os substantivos incontáveis frequentemente indicam:
substância - food (comida), iron (ferro), water (água)
atividades - help (ajuda), travel (viagem), work (trabalho)
qualidades humanas - courage (coragem), cruelty (crueldade), 
honesty (honestidade)
ideias abstratas - beauty (beleza), freedom (liberdade), life 
(vida), luck (sorte), time (tempo)
Importante: Certos substantivos que são contáveis em 
português, são incontáveis em inglês. Exemplos:
“Music” - Don’t say it:
I wanna show you a 
music ->
O correto é:
I wanna show you a 
song. 
  (Quero te mostrar uma 
música.)
- Um mesmo substantivo às vezes pode ser contável e 
incontável, mas com significados diferentes:
a paper - um jornal some paper - papel
an iron - um ferro elétrico some iron - ferro
a glass - um copo some glass - vidro
a rubber - uma borracha some rubber - borracha (material)
one hair - um pêlo some hair - cabelo
 
Os substantivos incontáveis não têm plural. Se eles não podem 
ser contados, não pode haver mais de um, não é verdade?
Os contáveis, por sua vez, podem ter a forma plural. Vejamos 
as regras do plural em inglês.
REGRA GERAL:
À semelhança do Português, a maioria dos substantivos 
tem seu plural formado a partir do acréscimo de”s” ao seu 
singular:
 
one pencil (um lápis) eighteen pencils (dezoito lápis)
one car (um carro) a garage full of cars (uma garagem cheia de carros)
 book - books (livros)
cat - cats (gatos)
computer - computers (computadores)
cup - cups (xícaras)
garden - gardens (jardins)
sweatshirt - sweatshirts (blusões de moletom)
table - tables (mesas)
week - weeks (semanas)
1. Substantivos que terminam em ch, s, ss, sh, x, z e a 
maioria dos substantivos que terminam em o:acrescenta-
se es no fi nal. Exemplos:
one dress - a rack of dresses (uma estante de roupas)
one buzz - many buzzes of many bees (muitos zunidos de 
muitas abelhas)
1.1. -ch:
church - churches (igrejas)
match - matches (fósforos)
watch - watches (relógios)
Exceções: Substantivos que terminam em ch com som de /K/: 
acrescenta-se apenas s
conch - conchs (conchas) 
monarch - monarchs (monarcas)
patriarch - patriarchs (patriarcas)
stomach - stomachs (estômagos)
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNSINGLÊS
117
1.2. -s: 
bus - buses (ônibus)
1.3. -ss:
class - classes (aulas)
glass - glasses (copos)
kiss - kisses (beijos)
1.4. -sh:
brush -brushes (escovas)
crash - crashes (colisões)
fl ash - fl ashes (lampejos)
wish - wishes (desejos)
1.5. -x:
box - boxes (caixas)
fox - foxes (raposas)
1.6. -z:
topaz - topazes (topázios)
Exceção: A maioria dos substantivos terminados em somente 
um z, no entanto, tem plural em -zzes. Exemplo: quiz - 
quizzes
1.7. -o: 
echo - echoes (ecos)
superhero - superheroes (super-heróis)
potato - potatoes (batatas)
tomato - tomatoes (tomates)
Exceções: Nas formas reduzidas e nos vocábulos de origem 
estrangeira terminados em o, porém, acresecenta-se 
apenas s:
avocado - avocados (abacates)
cello - cellos (violoncelos) 
commando - commandos (comandos)
dynamo - dynamos (dínamos)
Eskimo - Eskimos (Esquimós)
ghetto - ghettos (guetos) 
kilo - kilos (quilos)
libretto - librettos (libretos) 
logo - logos (logotipos)
magneto - magnetos (magnetos)
photo - photos (fotos)
piano - pianos
portfolio - portfolios 
radio - radios (rádios)
solo - solos (solos)
soprano - sopranos (sopranos)
studio - studios (estúdios)
tango - tangos (tangos)
video - videos (vídeos)
virtuoso - virtuosos (virtuosos)
- As palavras a seguir podem ter o plural em -s ou -es; -es é 
mais comum:
 
buff alo
 
buff alo(e)s (búfalo)
mosquito - mosquito(e)s
volcano - volcano(e)s (vulcões)
2. Substantivos que terminam em vogal + y: acrescenta-se 
somente -s no fi nal. Exemplos:
boy - boys (meninos)
day - days (dias)
donkey - donkeys (burros)
essay - essays (ensaios)
guy - guys (caras, sujeitos, rapazes)
key - keys (chaves)
monkey - monkeys (macacos)
play - plays (peças)
toy - toys (brinquedos)
Exceção: o plural da palavra soliloquy (monólogo) não segue 
essa regra, fi cando soliloquies.
3. Substantivos que terminam em consoante + y: retira-se 
o y e acrescenta-se -ies. Observe:
 
=
  retira-se o y                        acrescenta-se -ies
baby (bebê) babies
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNS INGLÊS
118
body (corpo) bodies
city (cidade) cities
country (país) countries
dictionary (dicionário) dictionaries
family (família) families
ferry (balsa) ferries
fl y (mosca) fl ies
lady (senhora, dama) ladies
party (festa) parties
sky (céu) skies
story (narrativa) stories
 
4. Substantivos que terminam em -oo: acrescenta-se 
somente -s no fi nal. Exemplos:
cuckoo - cuckoos (cucos)
bamboo - bamboos (bambus)
zoo - zoos (jardins zoológicos)
5. Plural irregular com troca de vogais: alguns substantivos 
não seguem a regra geral e têm uma forma própria de plural, 
que chamamos de plural irregular. As formas irregulares do 
plural apresentam diversas formações. A mais comum delas é 
a troca de vogais. Veja os exemplos:
man - men (homens)
woman - women (mulheres)
gentleman - gentlemen (cavalheiros)
child - children (crianças)*
ox - oxen (bois)
person - people (pessoas)
tooth - teeth (dentes)
foot - feet (pés)
goose - geese (gansos)
mouse - mice (camundongos)
louse - lice (piolhos)
die - dice (dados)
* Children e child, além 
de crianças/criança, 
signifi cam fi lhos/fi lho, de 
ambos os sexos e de qualquer 
idade.
Exs.: How many children do 
you have? (Quantos fi lhos 
vocês tem?)
Do you have 
any child between the ages 
of 5 and 15? (Vocês têm fi lhos 
nas idades entre 5 ou 15 
anos?)
6. Plural Irregular terminado em  -ves:  em  treze  dos 
substantivos que terminam em -f ou -fe trocam-se essas letras 
por -ves:
calf - calves (bezerros)
elf - elves (elfos, duendes)
half - halves (metades)
leaf - leaves (folhas)
life - lives (vidas)
knife - knives (facas)
loaf - loaves (pães de forma)
self - selves (egos)
sheaf - sheaves (feixes)
shelf - shelves (prateleiras)
thief - thieves (ladrões)
wife - wives (esposas)
wolf - wolves (lobos)
- Alguns substantivos terminados em -f ou -fe podem seguir 
a regra geral (acréscimo de -s ao fi nal da forma singular) ou 
trocar o -f/-fe por -ves:
scarf - scarfs/scarves (cachecóis)
dwarf - dwarfs/dwarves (anões)
hoof - hoofs/hooves (cascos)
wharf - wharfs/wharves (cais)
staff - staff s/staves (equipes, quadros de 
funcionários, departamentos)
Observação: as formas scarves, hooves e wharves são mais 
utilizadas.
- Os demais substantivos terminados em -f ou -fe seguem a 
regra geral de acréscimo do -s:
belief - beliefs (crenças)
brief - briefs (sumários, resumos)
cliff - cliff s (penhascos)
chief - chiefs (chefes)
cuff - cuff s (punhos de camisa)
grief - griefs (dores, sofrimentos)
handkerchief - handkerchiefs (lenços)
roof - roofs (telhados)
gulf - gulfs (golfos)
safe - safes (cofres)
proof - proofs (provas)
cuff - cuff s (punhos de manga, bainhas)
reef - reefs (recifes)
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNSINGLÊS
119
7. Substantivos que têm a mesma forma tanto no singular 
quanto no plural:
7.1. aircraft - aeronave(s)
deer - veado(s)
elk - alce(s)
fi sh* - peixe(s)
One � sh
   
Many � sh
grouse - galinha(s) silvestre(s)
salmon - salmão(ões) 
sheep - carneiro(s)
shrimp - camarão(ões)
trout - truta(s)
*admite também o plural fi shes (raro).
 7.2. Alguns substantivos terminados em -s também têm 
a mesma forma tanto para o singular quanto para o plural. 
Nesses casos, o verbo correspondente também vai para o 
plural.
These stairs are too steep. (Essas escadas são muito 
íngremes.)
Good clothes usually are expensive. (Roupas boas 
geralmente são caras.)
alms - esmola(s), donativo(s), caridade(s)
barracks - quartel(éis)
clothes - roupa(s)
credentials - credencial(is)
crossroads* - cruzamento(s) (de ruas, de estradas) , 
encruzilhada(s), ponto(s) crucial(is)
headquarters* - quartel(éis)-general(is), centro(s) de 
operações 
works - fábrica(s)
means - meios(s)
oats - aveia(s)
outskirts - margem(ns) da cidade, cercanias
riches - bens, riquezas(s)
Swiss - suiço(s)
series - série(s) 
species - espécie(s)
stairs - escada(s)
surroundings - arredor(es)
thanks - agradecimento(s)
* Crossroads e headquarters também podem ter a forma no 
singular sem o “s”: crossroad e headquarter.
 
7.3. As Parelhas: as “parelhas” (também chamadas pluralia 
tantrum) são substantivos que designam coisas quem têm 
duas partes iguais, “um par de” (exemplos: óculos). Essas 
palavras só existem no plural, não possuem forma singular. 
Seus equivalentes em Português apresentam-se no singular:
These jeans were expensive. - E não “This jeans was...”
(Este jeans foi caro.) - Note que a palavra jeans em português 
fi ca no singular.I’m looking for some violet jeans. - E não “...a violet jeans”
(Eu procuro um jeans violeta.)
Where are my glasses? - E não “Where is my glasses?”
(Onde estão meus óculos?) - Neste caso em português 
“óculos” também tem sua forma no plural.
- Para expressar o singular dessas palavras, pode-se usar “a 
pair of”:
Have you got a pair of nail-scissors? (Vocês tem uma tesoura 
de unha?)
binoculars - binóculo(s)
belongings - pertences
drawers - ceroulas
glasses / eyeglasses / spectacles - óculos
headphones - fone(s) de ouvido
jeans - jeans
knickers - calcinha(s)
outskirts - margem(s) da cidade
scales - balança(s)
scissors - tesoura(s)
shorts - shorts
slack / pants / trousers  - calça(s)
pliers - alicate(s)
pyjamas / pajamas - pijama(s)
tights - meia(s)-calça(s)
underpants - cuecas
 7.4. Substantivos Incontáveis: só existem na forma 
singular; e, ainda que o sentido seja plural, o verbo com o 
qual concordam também fi ca sempre no singular. Veja alguns 
exemplos que podem causar equívocos:
There isn’t any work. - E não “There aren’t any works”.
(Não há trabalho algum.)
The news is good: I’ve just graduated! - E não “The 
news are good.”
(As notícias são boas: eu me formei recentemente!)
advice - conselho(s)
air - ar(es)
clothing - roupa(s)
coff ee - café(s)
equipment - equipamento(s)
evidence - evidência(s), prova(s)
furniture - mobília(s)
homework - tema(s) de casa
housework - trabalho(s) domésticos
information - informação(ões)
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNS INGLÊS
120
jewerly - joias
knowledge - conhecimento(s)
luggage/baggage - bagagem(ns)
milk - leite(s)
money - dinheiro
music - música(s)
news - notícia(s)
progress - progresso(s)
snow - neve
water - água
weather - tempo meteorológico
work - trabalho(s)
Saiba mais sobre substantivos contáveis e incontáveis!
 
7.5. “Falsos Plurais”: A maioria dos nomes de ciências e 
outros substantivos terminados em -ics são singulares, isto é, 
não apresentam formas distintas quando no plural. O verbo 
correspondente fi ca no singular:
Politics is a complicated business which most people detest.
(Política é um negócio complicado o qual a maioria das 
pessoas detesta.)
Acoustics (Acústica)
Athletics (Atletismo)
Electronics (Eletrônica)
Genetics (Genética)
Linguistics (Linguística)
Mathematics (Matemática)
Physics (Física)
Politics (Política)
Statistics (Estatística)
- No entanto, quando essas palavras são usadas com outros 
sentidos, o verbo poderá ir para o plural:
What are your politics? (Quais são suas políticas?)
The unemployment statistics are disturbing. (As estatísticas 
de desemprego são perturbadoras.)
8. Substantivos sem forma no singular: esses substantivos 
só existem no plural. Referem-se a um grupo de pessoas, um 
coletivo; logo, o verbo com o qual concordam também vai 
fi car sempre no plural.
cattle - gado(s)
police - polícia(s)
people* - pessoa(s), gente
Cattle (gado), por exemplo, é o substantivo no plural para 
designar o grupo de bulls (touros), cows (vacas) e calves 
(bezzeros). Ele não possui forma singular, e não pode ser 
usado para contar animais individualmente (não se pode 
dizer, por exemplo, three cattle).
Many cattle are suff ering 
from a disease called 
BSE (Bovine Spongiform 
Encephalopathy), 
commonly known as 
Mad-Cow Disease (MCD).
[Muitos bovinos sofrem 
de uma doença chamada 
BSE (encefalopatia 
espongiforme bovina), 
comumente conhecida 
como doença da vaca 
louca.]
The police are looking for the robbers. - E não “The 
police is looking...”
(A polícia está procurando os assaltantes.)
The police were working on the case. - E não “The 
police was working...”
(A polícia estava trabalhando no caso.)
 * Atenção para a palavra people, que pode signifi car 
tanto povo, no sentido demográfi co, como também pode 
signifi car gente, pessoas:
O plural de people no sentido de povo é formado pelo 
acréscimo de -s:
     The brazilian people enjoys carnival. (O povo brasileiro 
curte carnaval.)
- Como a palavra people aqui está no singular, o verbo 
correspondente no presente vai concordar como ela, 
sendo acrescentado de -s.
     Some african peoples have strange customs and beliefs 
for us. (Alguns povos africanos têm costumes e crenças 
estranhos para nós.) 
- Porém, aqui, o verbo está fazendo a concordância com o 
plural peoples.
     - Já people no sentido de pessoas, gente é considerado 
um substantivo no plural (embora nunca com -s). 
Portanto, o verbo vai fi car sempre no plural:
     Who are those people waiting outside? (Quem são 
aquelas pessoas esperando lá fora?)
     Certain people think they are so important! (Certas 
pessoas se acham tão importantes!)
 
9. Substantivos de origem grega ou latina: (muito 
presentes principalmente na linguagem científi ca no Inglês) 
mantêm seus plurais originais:
G = palavras gregas
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNSINGLÊS
121
L = palavras latinas
alga - algae (L)  (algas)
alumnus - alumni (L)  (ex-alunos, alunos graduados)
analysis - analyses (L)  (análises)
appendix - appendices (L)  (apêndices)
axis - axes (L)  (eixos)
bacillus - bacilli (L)   (bacilos)
bacterium - bacteria (L)  (bactérias)
basis - bases (G)  (bases) 
cactus - cacti (L) ou cactuses (menos comum)  (cactos)
corpus - corpora (L)  (corpora)
crisis - crises (G)  (crises) 
criterion - criteria (G)  (critérios) 
datum - data (L)  (dados)
diagnosis - diagnoses (G)  (diagnósticos)
encyclopedia - encyclopedae (L)  (enciclopédias)
erratum - errata (L)  (erratas)
formula - formulae (L) ou formulas  (fórmulas)
fungus - fungi (L) ou funguses  (fungos)
hippopotamus - hippopotami (G) ou hippopotamuses  
(hipopótamos)
hypothesis - hipotheses (G)  (hipóteses)
index - indices (L) ou indexes  (índices)
matrix - matrices (L) (matrizes)
medium - media* (L)  (meios de comunicação)
nucleus - nuclei (L)  (núcleos)
oasis - oases (G)  (oásis)
phenomenon - phenomena (G)  (fenômenos) 
radius - (L) radii  (raios)
stimulus - stimuli (L)  (estímulos)
stratum - strata (L)  (estratos)
vertebra - vertebrae (L) (vértebras)
Note, então, que podemos tirar uma regrinha geral dessas 
pluralizações:
palavras terminadas em us -> troca para i ou ora
palavras terminadas em is -> troca para es
palavras terminadas em ix -> troca para ces
palavras terminadas em um -> troca para a
palavras terminadas em on -> troca para a
palavras terminadas em a-> troca para ae
palavras terminadas em ex -> troca para ices
10. Plural dos Substantivos compostos:
10.1. Em substantivos compostos 
com preposição ou advérbio pluralizamos o seu 
componente principal (geralmente a primeira palavra):
brother-in-law - brothers-in-law (cunhados)
errand-boy - errand-boys (mensageiros)
godfather - godfathers (padrinhos)
maidservant - maidservants (criadas)
mother-in-law - mothers-in-law (sogras)
passer-by - passers-by (transeuntes)
runner-up - runners-up (vice-campeões)
stepdaughter - stepdaughters (enteadas)
EXERCISES:
1. Assinale a alternativa que preenche corretamente as la-
cunas: Boys have big __________ and girls have small 
__________.
a) foots – ones
b) feet – ones
c) feet – one
d) feets – ones
e) foot – one
2. KNIVES is the plural of KNIFE. Which of the words below 
does not form its plural in the same way?
a) Wife.
b) Life.
c) Leaf.
d) Chief.
e) Half.
3. The word that DOESN’T have an irregular plural form like 
tooth – teeth is:
a) ox.
b) foot.
c) cloth.
d) goose.
e) mouse.
4. Observe a frase: “Did hundreds of Japanese KIDS suff er a 
TV-induced epileptic attack last week”. Indique a alter-
nativa em que todas as palavras têm a mesma forma de 
plural de KIDS:
a) attack – mouse
b) episode – Japanese
c) cartoon – trigger
d) show – child
e) explosion – Japanese
5. Check the only word that could be used in the plural form:
a) Information.
b) Land.
c) Research.
d) Energy.
e) Employment.
6. ALL HE NEEDED. Escolha a sentença correta, colocada no 
plural, tempo futuro simples:
a) All they will need.
b) They all will need.
c) They would need all.
d) All they would need.
e) All they didn’t need.
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLENOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNS INGLÊS
122
7. Match the columns below so that the words in the second 
column fi t the sentences provided in the fi rst one:
1.Tom and Mary love their __________.
2. Put the oranges inside those __________.
3. I can’t walk. My __________ are aching a lot.
4. The __________ are fl ying south.
5. The cat is hunting the __________.
6. When Jane fell over, she broke two of her __________.
( ) feet
( ) teeth
( ) children
( ) geese
( ) mice
( ) boxes
– Choose the correct alternative:
a) 6 – 3 – 1 – 4 – 5 – 2
b) 3 – 6 – 1 – 4 – 5 – 2
c) 3 – 6 – 2 – 4 – 5 – 1
d) 5 – 3 – 4 – 2 – 6 – 1
e) 3 – 6 – 4 – 1 – 2 – 5
8. Nouns in English can be divided into countable or un-
countable (e.g.: apple X water). In order to indicate some 
kind of “measurement” in the case of uncountable nouns, 
another noun is required (e.g.: “glasses” or “liters” of wa-
ter). Accordingly, the expression below that isequivalent 
to the structure “blades of grass” is:
a) structures of steel.
b) classes of Chinese.
c) cups of coff ee.
d) fl oors of wood.
e) letters of complaint.
9. 
– Which alternative shows the correct plural form of the
words given?
a) mouse – mice/ goose – geese/ phenomenon –
phenomena/ deer – deer
b) mouse – mices/ chick – chicken/ person – persons/
child – children
c) mouse – mouses/ goose – geeses/ deer – deers/ news
– news
d) mouse – mouses/ new – newses/ bus – buses /person
– people
e) mouse – mises/ child – children/ police – polices/ news – 
news
10. Dadas as afi rmações de que o plural de:
1. OX é OXEN
2. CHIEF é CHIEFS
3. ROOF é ROOVES
– Constatamos que está(estão) correta(s):
a) Apenas a afi rmação nº 1.
b) Apenas a afi rmação nº 2.
c) Apenas a afi rmação nº 3.
d) Apenas as afi rmações nºs 1 e 2.
e) Todas as afi rmações.
11. The plural forms of the underlined words in the sentence 
“Jane is afraid of mouse and louse” are respectively:
a) mice – lice
b) mices – lices
c) mouses – louses
d) mice – louses
e) mouses – lice
12. Dadas as afi rmações de que o plural de:
1. BASIS é BASIS
2. DATUM é DATAS
3. BUSINESS é BUSINESSES
– Constatamos que está(estão) correta(s):
a) Apenas a afi rmação no 1.
b) Apenas a afi rmação no 2.
c) Apenas a afi rmação no 3.
d) Apenas as afi rmações nos 1 e 3.
e) Todas as afi rmações.
13. O plural dos substantivos abaixo:
I. knife
II. tooth
III. woman
– é, na ordem:
a) knifes – teeth – womans
b) knifes – teeths – women
c) knives – tooths – women
d) knives – teeth – women
e) knive – teeth – women
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNSINGLÊS
123
14. The plural of wife, goose, mouse and hero are:
a) wifes, gooses, mouses, heroes.
b) wifes, geese, mice, heroes.
c) wives, geese, mice, heros.
d) wives, geese, mice, heroes.
e) wifes, gooses, mouses, heros.
15. Considering that the plural form of the following words:
1. Man is Men
2. Woman is Women
3. Roman is Romen
– The incorrect datum(a) is(are) the:
a) number 1.
b) number 2.
c) number 3.
d) numbers 1 and 2.
e) numbers 1 and 3.
16. Complete as sentenças a seguir utilizando as formas cor-
retas de cada vocábulo apresentado:
– He bought a __________ car.
– She is a __________ rock star.
– I have good __________ to give you.
– The police __________ in front of the building.
a) sport – famous – informations – is
b) sport – famous – informations – are
c) sports – famous – informations – are
d) sport – famouses – information – is
e) sports – famous – information – are
17. Algumas vezes, o signifi cado da forma plural de um subs-
tantivo (em inglês), é diferente do seu signifi cado na for-
ma singular. Dadas as palavras (já na sua forma plural):
1. GOODS
2. SCALES
3. SPIRITS
– Constatamos que confere(m) com a afi rmação acima:
a) Apenas a palavra nº 1.
b) Apenas a palavra nº 2.
c) Apenas a palavra nº 3.
d) Apenas as palavras nºs 1 e 2.
e) Todas as palavras.
18. Give the correct plural form of the words below:
- Buff alo;
- Eskimo;
- Concerto;
- Person;
- Manservant;
- Thesis;
- Sister-In-Law;
- Die.
a) Buff alos – Eskimos – Concertos – Personas –
 Menservants – Theses – Sisters-in-law – Dice
b) Buff aloes – Eskimos – Concertos – Persons –
 Menservants – Theses – Sisters-in-law – Dice
c) Buff aloes – Eskimos – Concertoes – Persons –
 Manservants – Theses – Sisters-in-law – Dice
d) Buff aloes – Eskimos – Concertos – Persons –
 Menservants – Theses – Sister-in-laws – Deaths
e) Buff alos – Eskimoes – Concertoes – Personas –
 Manservants – Thesis – Sister-in-laws – Deaths
19. Dadas as afi rmações de que o plural de:
1. Chief é Chieves
2. Radius é Radii
3. Leaf é Leaves
– Constatamos que está (estão) correta(s):
a) Apenas a afi rmação nº 1.
b) Apenas a afi rmação nº 2.
c) Apenas a afi rmação nº 3.
d) As afi rmações nos 2 e 3.
e) Todas as afi rmações.
20. Marque a alternativa que possui as sentenças abaixo re-
escritas, corretamente, no plural:
1. She writes a letter to her sister every day.
2. He and his friend are going to buy a new house.
3. The news is good, I think you will like it.
4. This old photo brings me a good recollection.
5. The phenomenon happened yesterday night.
a) 1. They writes letters to their sisters every day./ 2. They and 
their friends are going to buy new houses./ 3. The news 
is good, we think you will like them./ 4. These old photos 
bring us good recollections./ 5. The phenomena happened 
yesterday night.
b) 1. They write letters to their sisters every day./ 2. They and 
their friends are going to buy new houses./ 3. The news 
are good, we think you will like them./ 4. These old photos 
bring us good recollections./ 5. The phenomena happened 
yesterday night.
c) 1. They write letters to their sisters every day./ 2. They and 
their friends are going to buy news houses./ 3. The news 
is good, we think you will like them./ 4. Those old photos 
bring us good recollections./ 5. The phenomena happened 
yesterday night.
d) 1. They write letters to their sisters every day./ 2. They and 
their friends are going to buy new houses./ 3. The news 
is good, we think you will like them./ 4. These old photos 
bring us good recollections./ 5. The phenomena happened 
yesterday night.
e) 1. They write letters to their sisters every day./ 2. They and 
their friends are going to buy new houses./ 3. The news is 
good, we think you will like they./ 4. These old photos bring 
us good recollections./ 5. The phenomenons happened 
yesterday night.
CAPÍTULO 21 – UNCOUNTABLE NOUNS X COUNTABLE NOUNS INGLÊS
124
21. He peered through the SPECTACLES.
O vocábulo em destaque na sentença acima signifi ca:
a) espetáculos.
b) óculos.
c) frestas.
d) pessoas.
e) confusão.
22. The company is relocating to new PREMISES.
– O vocábulo em destaque na sentença acima signifi ca:
a) diretrizes.
b) regras.
c) instalações.
d) patamares.
e) premissas.
23. Qual dos seguintes vocábulos encontra-se no plural?
a) Canvas
b) Matrix
c) Parenthesis
d) Axis
e) Corpora
24. Which of the alternatives completes the sentence cor-
rectly? If you need __________ about what to remove 
from your __________ to avoid problems at check in, this 
leafl et is for you.
a) some information / luggage
b) the informations / luggage
c) information / luggages
d) an information / luggage
e) informations / luggages
25. A little child will give up his or her name to a newborn 
sibling and take on a new one. Considere a proposta de 
substituição de child por children. Nesse contexto, as-
sinale a alternativa que apresenta, respectivamente, o 
número de palavras que devem ser suprimidas e o nú-
mero de palavras que devem ser alteradas, para fi ns de 
concordância.
a) uma – três
b) três – seis
c) quatro – seis
d) seis – três
e) seis – quatro
ANSWER-KEY:
01B
02 D
03 C
04 C 
05B 
06A 
07B 
08C 
09A 
10D
11A 
12C 
13D 
14D 
15C 
16E 
17E 
18B 
19D 
20D
21B 
22C 
23E 
24A 
25D
FOOD FOR THOUGT
CAPÍTULO 22 – NUMBERSINGLÊS
125
CAPÍTULO 22
NUMBERS
Números Cardinais - Cardinal Numbers
- Em inglês os números entre 13 (thirteen) e 19 (nineteen) possuem 
a terminação -teen, que correspondeà sílaba tônica (a mais marca-
da na pronúncia) do número. Para formarmos os números maiores 
que vinte (twenty), colocamos primeiro as dezenas, seguidas das 
unidades. Utilizamos um hífen para unirmos as unidades às dezenas, 
tanto com os números cardinais como com os ordinais (Ex: 35- thir-
ty-� ve, 167º- one hundred and sixty-seventh). Os números entre 20 
(twenty) e 99 (ninety-nine) possuem terminação -ty e nunca terão 
esta sílaba como tônica.Na lista a seguir, os números em vermelho 
são os que não seguem exatamente o padrão regular:
0- zero/ nought *
1 - one 11 - eleven
21 - 
twenty-
one
31 - 
thirty-
one
2 - two 12 - twelve
22 - 
twenty-
two
32 - 
thirty-
two
3 - three 13 - thirteen
23 - 
twenty-
three
33 - 
thirty-
three
4 - four 14 - fourteen
24 - 
twenty-
four
34 - 
thirty-
four
5 - fi ve 15 - fi fteen
25 - 
twenty-
fi ve
35 - 
thirty-
fi ve
6 - six 16 - sixteen 26 - twenty-six
36 - 
thirty-six
7 - seven 17 - seventeen
27- 
twenty-
seven
37 - 
thirty-
seven
8 - eight 18 - eighteen
28 - 
twenty-
eight
38 - 
thirty-
eight
9 - nine 19 - nineteen
29 - 
twenty-
nine
39 - 
thirty-
nine
10 - ten 20 - twenty 30 - thirty 40 - forty
 
* Confi ra as diferenças entre os tipos de zeros em Número zero: zero, 
nought, nil ou “o”?
 
10 - ten 40 - forty 70 - seventy
20 - twenty 50 - fi ft y 80 - eighty
30 - thirty 60 - sixty 90 - ninety
  
IMPORTANT REMARKS!
- Em inglês a pontuação dos números é diferente da nos-
sa: onde usamos vírgula, utiliza-se ponto e onde usamos 
ponto, utiliza-se vírgula. Exemplos:
Português Inglês
1.000 (mil) 1,000 (one/a thousand)
1.000.000 (um milhão) 1,000,000 (one/a million)
1.000.000.000 (um bilhão) 1,000,000,000 (one/a billion)
3,1415 (pi) 3.1415
0,5 (zero vírgula cinco) 0.5 (nought/oh point fi ve)
R$ 2.770,50 US$ 1,345.50 
 
- A ou one? Com números a partir de cem, é possível optar 
por falar de duas formas: com a(um = artigo indefi nido) ou 
com one (um = numeral) no início do número. One é mais 
formal e preciso e pode enfatizar o valor. Compare os dois 
exemplos:
       The total cost was one hundred and sixty pounds ex-
actly. (valor exato)
       It cost about a hundred and fi fty quid. (valor aproxima-
do)
- A thousand pode ser empregado sozinho e antes de and, 
mas não soa natural utilizá-lo antes de centenas. Veja:
     a/one thousand
     a/one thousand and forty-nine (antes de dezena)
     one thousand, six hundred and two (mais natural 
que a thousand, six hundred and two.)
- And: Com números acima de cem é necessário acres-
centar and (e) antes das dezenas. Este elemento de liga-
ção and é pronunciado como /n/, fi cando a sílaba tônica no 
último número.
- No inglês americano, numa conversa informal, o and pode 
ser omitido:
     a/one hundred and twenty 
     fi ve hundred and sixty-three
     eight hundred and eight-one
 
100 - a/one hundred
200 - two hundred
300 - three hundred
400 - four hundred
500 - fi ve hundred
600 - six hundred
CAPÍTULO 22 – NUMBERS INGLÊS
126
700 - seven hundred
800 - eight hundred
900 - nine hundred
101 - a/one hundred and one 
110 - a/one hundred and ten 
233 - two hundred and thirty-three
268 - two hundred and sixty-eight
350 - three hundred and fi fty
409 - four hundred and nine
540 - fi ve hundred and forty
790 - seven hundred and ninety
1000 - a/one thousand 
1001 - a/one thousand and one 
1010 - a/one thousand and ten
2000 - two thousand 
2002 - two thousand and two
5899 - fi ve thousand, eight hundred and ninety-nine
7384 - seven thousand, three hundred and eighty-four
9961 - nine thousand, nine hundred and sixty-one
10,000 (dez mil) - ten thousand 
50,000 (cinquenta mil) - fi fty thousand
100,000 (cem mil) - a/one hundred thousand 
1,000,000 (um milhão) - a/one million 
2,000,000 (dois milhões) - two million 
1,000,000,000 (um bilhão) - a/one billion 
1,000,000,000,000 (um trilhão) - a/one trillion
1100 = Eleven hundred? 
Sim! Num contexto de estilo mais informal, 
podemos falar:
1100 - one thousand one hundred = eleven 
hundred
1200 - one thousand two hundred = twelve 
hundred 
2500 - two thousand fi ve hundred = twenty fi ve 
hundred
Isto ocorre com os números redondos entre 1.100 
e 1.900!
 
Números Ordinais - Ordinal Numbers
     Os Ordinal Numbers indicam a ordem ou 
lugar do ser numa determinada série. À exceção 
de � rst(primeiro), second (segundo), third (terceiro) e os números que 
os contém em sua grafi a, os números ordinais são formados com a 
adição do sufi xo -th.
     A abreviação dos Ordinal Numbers é feita acrescentando-se 
ao número as duas últimas letras de sua forma extensa. Por 
exemplo:
abreviação / p o r extenso abreviação /por extenso
1st - fi rst 30th - thirti eth
2nd - second 50th - fi ft ieth
3rd - third 62nd - sixty-second
 4th - fourth 73rd - seventy-third
5th - fi ft h 85th - eighty-fi ft h
9th - ninth 99th - ninety-ninth
12th - twelft h 133th - (one/a) hundred and thirty-third
21st - twenty-fi rst 518th - fi ve hundred and eighteenth
 
     Quando lemos ou escrevemos por extenso os números 
ordinais em português, tanto na dezena quanto na centena e no 
milhar, todos os algarismos vão para a forma ordinal. No inglês, no 
entanto, apenas o último algarismo vai para a forma ordinal:
21º - vigésimo primeiro = 21st - twenty-fi rst
72º - septuagésimo segundo = 72nd - seventy-second
167º - centésimo sexagésimo sétimo = 167th - one hundred and 
sixty-seventh
     Repare que, nos números ordinais acima de 100, o uso da 
conjunção and segue as mesmas regras dos cardinais:
205th – two hundred and � fth 
440th – four hundred and fortieth
EXERCÍCIOS
1. Indique o ordinal referente a “four”:
a) forty
b) fourteen
c) fourteenth
d) fourth
e) fortieth
2. Reescreva a frase colocando por extenso os numerais, na 
sua forma ordinal: Her __________ (21) birthday will 
be on the __________ (11).
a) Her twenty-fi rst birthday will be on the eleventieth.
b) Her twenty-one birthday will be on the eleven.
c) Her twenty-fi rst birthday will be on the eleven.
d) Her twenty-one birthday will be on the eleventh.
e) Her twenty-fi rst birthday will be on the eleventh.
3. Marque a alternativa que possui os resultados corretos 
das operações abaixo:
2 × 9 = ?
14 – 11 = ?
? + 4 = 16
CAPÍTULO 22 – NUMBERSINGLÊS
127
a) eighteenth – three – twelve
b) eighty – thirty – two
c) eighteen – third – twelve
d) eight – thirteen – twenty
e) eighteen – three – twelve
4. Solve the problems below:
1. Two into ten goes __________ times.
2. A quarter plus three-quarters makes __________.
3. Twenty-eight from fi fty leaves __________.
a) fi ve – one – twenty-one
b) four – four – twenty-one
c) fi ve – four – twenty-two
d) fi ve – one – twenty-two
e) four – four – twenty-two
5. Some stats about the Olympic Games in Beijing:
* 28 Olympic programs, 302 sub-categories
* 302 gold medals
* 10,500 athletes are expected to participate
* 21,880 torchbearers will run 137,000 km over 130 days
* The National Stadium (Bird’s Nest) covers an area of 258,000 
sq. meters
* The Bird’s Nest has 91,000 seats
* The surface of the National Aquatics Center is covered by 
1,437 pieces of transparant material
* The highest price for the opening ceremony tickets is 5000 
Renminbi, the lowest is 200 Renminbi
* Beijing expects 550,000 international visitors and 2.4 
million domestic spectators
* Over 800 star-class hotels and 4,000 hostels will provide 
about 420,000 overprized rooms
– Give the marked numbers in full:
a) three hundreds and two; ten thousands and fi ve hundreds; 
one hundred and thirty-seven thousands; two hundreds and 
fi fty-eight thousands; one thousand and four hundreds and 
thirty-seven; two millions and four hundreds thousands; four 
hundreds and twenty thousands
b) three hundred and two; ten thousand and fi ve hundred; 
one hundred and thirty-seven thousand; two hundred and 
fi fty-eight thousand; one thousand and four hundred and 
thirty-seven; two million and four hundred thousand; four 
hundred and twenty thousand
c) three hundred and two; ten thousand and five hundred; 
one hundred and thirty-seven thousand; two hundred and 
fi fty-eight thousand; one thousand and four hundred and 
thirty-seventh; two million and four hundred; four hundred 
and twenty thousand
d) three hundred and two; ten thousand and fi ve hundred; 
one hundred and thirty-seven thousand; two hundred and 
fi fty-eight thousand; one thousand and four hundred and 
thirty-seven; two million and four thousand; fourth hundred 
and twenty thousand
6. What’s the right answer for the numerical expressions 
below?
1 3 16
;2 ;
5 5 15
a) One fi ves / two thirty-fi ve / sixteen fi fteen
b) One fi ve / two and third fi fth / sixteen fi fteens
c) One fi fth / two and three fi fths / sixteen fi fteenths
d) First fi fths / second thirty-fi ve / sixteenth fi fteenths
7. Read the following sentence and fi ll in the blanks mean-
ingfully:
More than twenty __________ people were inside the
stadium, but __________ more were outside because
they didn’t get to buy the tickets in time.
a) thousand – hundreds
b) thousands – hundreds
c) thousand – thousand
d) hundred – thousand
e) hundreds – hundreds
LEARNING TO QUIT
Jodi Hall started smoking at age 9.
By the time she was 16, she was up to a pack a day
– and she wanted to quit. A couple of reasons: one, her
health; two, a guy named Mony. “He said that when he
kissed me, it was like kissing an ashtray,” Jodi says.
Earlier this year, Jodi, along with 25 of her
classmates at Johnson High School, in Savannah, GA,
enrolled in the school’s fi rst stop-smoking class. During
the eight-week Tobacco Free Teen class, they learned
what smoking can do to their body, their wallet and their
grades (some kids end up cutting class to satisfy their
nicotine cravings). But it wasn’t just about scare tactics.
The goal is behavior modifi cation, not punishment, so
students are taught techniques for handling stress and
resisting the urge to light up even when friends or parents
do.
According to the American Lung Association
(ALA), which sponsors the class, about half of the adults
who smoke were regular smokers by age 18. “These
numbers are only going to get worse,” says Kristine Lewis
of the ALA. “The tobacco industry is turning to teens.”
How did the students do? Jodi has been cigaretteless for 
three months, but she’s the only one. Her classmate Adam 
Cushman is slowly puffi ng his way back to three packs a 
day. The 16-year-old says he wants to stop, “but the way 
things are going, I doubt I’ll be able to.” Lynda Natali
Seventeen, June 1996
CAPÍTULO 22 – NUMBERS INGLÊS
128
8. From the class-name – “Tobacco Free Teen class” – we may 
understand that one of the characteristics of the stu-
dents enrolled was their age between:
a) 8 and 18
b) 9 and 18
c) 13 and 19
d) 16 and 19
9. A alternativa que corretamente preenche as lacunas I, II 
e III de:
1. Five from six leaves I.
2. Two into eight goes II times.
3. The third power of two is III.
– é:
a) 30; 8; 10
b) 11; 10; 10
c) 30; 12; 8
d) 1; 4; 8
e) 1; 8; 1
10. Fill in the gap suitably:
A million is written with six __________.
a) numbers
b) fi gures
c) noughts
d) noughties
e) digits
ANSWER-KEY:
01 -D 
02 - E 
03 - E 
04 - D 
05 - B 
06 - C 
07 - A 
08 - C 
09 - D 
10 - C 
NOTES:
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
_______________________________________________
_______________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________
________________________________________________